|
Дѣя́нїя
|
Acts
|
|
Глава 1
|
Chapter 1
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Пе́рвоє у́бо сло́во сотвори́хъ о всѣ́хъ, о, Ѳєо́філе, я́же нача́тъ Іису́съ твори́ти же и учи́ти
|
The former treatise I made, O Theophilus, concerning all that Jesus began both to do and to teach,
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
да́же до дне́, въ о́ньже, заповѣ́давъ апо́столомъ Ду́хомъ Святы́мъ, и́хже избра́, вознесе́ся:
|
until the day in which he was received up, after that he had given commandment through the Holy Spirit unto the apostles whom he had chosen:
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
предъ ни́миже и поста́ви Себе́ жи́ва по страда́ніи Своє́мъ во мно́зѣхъ и́стинныхъ зна́меніихъ, де́нми четы́редесятьми явля́яся и́мъ и глаго́ля я́же о Ца́рствіи Бо́жіи:
|
to whom he also showed himself alive after his passion by many proofs, appearing unto them by the space of forty days, and speaking the things concerning the kingdom of God:
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
съ ни́миже и яды́й повелѣ́ и́мъ от Ієрусали́ма не отлуча́тися, но жда́ти обѣтова́нія О́тча, є́же слы́шасте от Мене́:
|
and, being assembled together with them, he charged them not to depart from Jerusalem, but to wait for the promise of the Father, which, said he, ye heard from me:
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
я́ко Іоа́ннъ у́бо крести́лъ є́сть водо́ю, вы́ же и́мате крести́тися Ду́хомъ Святы́мъ не по мно́зѣхъ си́хъ дне́хъ.
|
for John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit not many days hence.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Они́ же у́бо соше́дшеся вопроша́ху Єго́, глаго́люще: Го́споди, а́ще въ лѣ́то сіє́ устроя́єши ца́рствіє Ізра́илево?
|
They therefore, when they were come together, asked him, saying, Lord, dost thou at this time restore the kingdom to Israel?
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Рече́ же къ ни́мъ: нѣ́сть ва́ше разумѣ́ти времена́ и лѣ́та, я́же Оте́цъ положи́ во Своє́й вла́сти:
|
And he said unto them, It is not for you to know times or seasons, which the Father hath set within his own authority.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
но пріи́мете си́лу, наше́дшу Свято́му Ду́ху на вы́, и бу́дете Ми́ свидѣ́теліє во Ієрусали́мѣ же и во все́й Іуде́и и Самарі́и и да́же до послѣ́днихъ земли́.
|
But ye shall receive power, when the Holy Spirit is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea and Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
И сія́ ре́къ, зря́щымъ и́мъ взя́тся, и о́блакъ подъя́тъ Єго́ от о́чію и́хъ.
|
And when he had said these things, as they were looking, he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
И єгда́ взира́юще бя́ху на не́бо, иду́щу Єму́, и се́, му́жа два́ ста́ста предъ ни́ми во оде́жди бѣлѣ́,
|
And while they were looking steadfastly into heaven as he went, behold two men stood by them in white apparel;
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
я́же и реко́ста: му́жіє Галіле́йстіи, что́ стоите́ зря́ще на не́бо? Се́й Іису́съ, вознесы́йся от ва́съ на не́бо, та́кожде пріи́детъ, и́мже о́бразомъ ви́дѣсте Єго́ иду́ща на не́бо.
|
who also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing into heaven? this Jesus, who was received up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye beheld him going into heaven.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Тогда́ возврати́шася во Ієрусали́мъ от горы́ нарица́ємыя Єлео́нъ, я́же є́сть бли́зъ Ієрусали́ма, суббо́ты иму́щія пу́ть.
|
Then returned they unto Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is nigh unto Jerusalem, a sabbath day’s journey off.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
И єгда́ внидо́ша, взыдо́ша на го́рницу, идѣ́же бя́ху пребыва́юще, Пе́тръ же и Іа́ковъ, и Іоа́ннъ и Андре́й, Філі́ппъ и Ѳома́, Варѳоломе́й и Матѳє́й, Іа́ковъ Алфе́овъ и Сі́монъ Зило́тъ и Іу́да Іа́ковль:
|
And when they were come in, they went up into the upper chamber, where they were abiding; both Peter and James and John and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon the Zealot, and Judas the son of James.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
сі́и вси́ бя́ху терпя́ще єдиноду́шно въ моли́твѣ и моле́ніи, съ жена́ми и Марі́єю Ма́терію Іису́совою и съ бра́тією Єго́.
|
These all with one accord continued steadfastly in prayer and supplication, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brethren.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
И во дни́ ты́я воста́въ Пе́тръ посредѣ́ учени́къ, рече́,
|
And in these days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said (and there was a multitude of persons gathered together, about a hundred and twenty),
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
бѣ́ же име́нъ наро́да вку́пѣ я́ко сто́ и два́десять: му́жіє бра́тіє, подоба́ше сконча́тися Писа́нію сему́, є́же предрече́ Ду́хъ Святы́й усты́ Дави́довыми о Іу́дѣ, бы́вшемъ вожди́ є́мшымъ Іису́са:
|
Brethren, it was needful that this scripture should be fulfilled, which the Holy Spirit spake before by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who was guide to them that took Jesus.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
я́ко причте́нъ бѣ́ съ на́ми и прія́лъ бя́ше жре́бій слу́жбы сея́:
|
For he was numbered with us, and received his portion in this ministry.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
се́й у́бо стяжа́ село́ от мзды́ непра́ведныя, и ни́цъ бы́въ просѣ́деся посредѣ́, и излія́ся вся́ утро́ба єго́:
|
(Now this man obtained a field with the reward of his iniquity; and falling headlong, he burst asunder in the midst, and all his bowels gushed out.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
и разу́мно бы́сть всѣ́мъ живу́щымъ во Ієрусали́мѣ, я́ко нарещи́ся селу́ тому́ свои́мъ и́хъ язы́комъ Акелдама́, є́же є́сть село́ кро́ве:
|
And it became known to all the dwellers at Jerusalem; insomuch that in their proper language that field was called Akeldama, that is, The field of blood.)
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
пи́шется бо въ кни́зѣ Псало́мстѣй: да бу́детъ дво́ръ єго́ пу́стъ, и да не бу́детъ живу́щаго въ не́мъ, и єпі́скопство єго́ да пріи́метъ и́нъ:
|
For it is written in the book of Psalms, Let his habitation be made desolate, And let no man dwell therein: and, His office let another take.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
подоба́єтъ у́бо от сходи́вшихся съ на́ми муже́й во вся́ко лѣ́то, въ не́же вни́де и изы́де въ на́съ Госпо́дь Іису́съ,
|
Of the men therefore that have companied with us all the time in which the Lord Jesus went in and went out among us,
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
наче́нъ от креще́нія Іоа́ннова да́же до дне́, въ о́ньже вознесе́ся [на не́бо] от на́съ, свидѣ́телю воскресе́нія Єго́ бы́ти съ на́ми єди́ному от си́хъ.
|
beginning from the baptism of John, unto the day that he was received up from us, of these must one become a witness with us of his resurrection.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
И поста́виша два́, Іо́сифа нарица́ємаго Варса́ву, и́же нарече́нъ бы́сть Іу́стъ, и Матѳі́а,
|
And they put forward two, Joseph called Barsabbas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
и помоли́вшеся рѣ́ша: Ты́, Го́споди, Сердцевѣ́дче всѣ́хъ, покажи́, єго́же избра́лъ єси́ от сею́ двою́ єди́наго,
|
And they prayed, and said, Thou, Lord, who knowest the hearts of all men, show of these two the one whom thou hast chosen,
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
прія́ти жре́бій служе́нія сего́ и апо́столства, изъ него́же испаде́ Іу́да, ити́ въ мѣ́сто своє́.
|
to take the portion in this ministry and apostleship from which Judas fell away, that he might go to his own place.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
И да́ша жре́бія и́ма, и паде́ жре́бій на Матѳі́а, и причте́нъ бы́сть ко єдинона́десяти апо́столомъ.
|
And they gave their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the eleven apostles.
|
|
Глава 2
|
Chapter 2
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
И єгда́ скончава́шася дні́є Пятьдеся́тницы, бѣ́ша вси́ апо́столи єдиноду́шно вку́пѣ.
|
And when the day of Pentecost was now come, they were all with one accord in one place.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
И бы́сть внеза́пу съ небесе́ шу́мъ, я́ко носи́му дыха́нію бу́рну, и испо́лни ве́сь до́мъ, идѣ́же бя́ху сѣдя́ще:
|
And suddenly there came from heaven a sound as of the rushing of a mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
и яви́шася и́мъ раздѣле́ни язы́цы я́ко о́гненни, сѣ́де же на єди́нѣмъ ко́ємждо и́хъ.
|
And there appeared unto them tongues parting asunder, like as of fire; and it sat upon each one of them.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
И испо́лнишася вси́ Ду́ха Свя́та и нача́ша глаго́лати ины́ми язы́ки, я́коже Ду́хъ дая́ше и́мъ провѣщава́ти.
|
And they were all filled with the Holy Spirit, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Бя́ху же во Ієрусали́мѣ живу́щіи Іуде́є, му́жіє благоговѣ́йніи, от всего́ язы́ка, и́же подъ небесе́мъ.
|
Now there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, from every nation under heaven.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Бы́вшу же гла́су сему́, сни́деся наро́дъ и смяте́ся, я́ко слы́шаху єди́нъ кі́йждо и́хъ свои́мъ язы́комъ глаго́лющихъ и́хъ.
|
And when this sound was heard, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because that every man heard them speaking in his own language.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Дивля́хуся же вси́ и чудя́хуся, глаго́люще дру́гъ ко дру́гу: не се́ ли, вси́ сі́и су́ть глаго́лющіи Галіле́ане?
|
And they were amazed and marveled, saying one to another, Behold, are not all these that speak Galileans?
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
и ка́ко мы́ слы́шимъ кі́йждо сво́й язы́къ на́шъ, въ не́мже роди́хомся,
|
And how hear we, every man in our own language wherein we were born?
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Па́рѳяне и Ми́дяне и Єламі́те, и живу́щіи въ Месопота́міи, во Іуде́и же и Каппадокі́и, въ По́нтѣ и во Асі́и,
|
Parthians and Medes and Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopotamia, in Judea and Cappadocia, in Pontus and Asia,
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
во Фригі́и же и Памфилі́и, во Єги́птѣ и страна́хъ Ліви́и, я́же при Кирині́и, и приходя́щіи Ри́мляне, Іуде́є же и прише́лцы,
|
in Phrygia and Pamphylia, in Egypt and the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and sojourners from Rome, both Jews and proselytes,
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Кри́тяне и Ара́вляне, слы́шимъ глаго́лющихъ и́хъ на́шими язы́ки вели́чія Бо́жія?
|
Cretans and Arabians, we hear them speaking in our tongues the mighty works of God.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Ужаса́хуся же вси́ и недоумѣва́хуся, дру́гъ ко дру́гу глаго́люще: что́ у́бо хо́щетъ сіє́ бы́ти?
|
And they were all amazed, and were perplexed, saying one to another, What meaneth this?
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Ині́и же руга́ющеся глаго́лаху, я́ко віно́мъ испо́лнени су́ть.
|
But others mocking said, They are filled with new wine.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Ста́въ же Пе́тръ со єдинона́десятьми, воздви́же гла́съ сво́й и рече́ и́мъ: му́жіє Іуде́йстіи и живу́щіи во Ієрусали́мѣ вси́, сіє́ ва́мъ разу́мно да бу́детъ, и внуши́те глаго́лы моя́:
|
But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and spake forth unto them, saying, Ye men of Judea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and give ear unto my words.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
не бо́, я́коже вы́ непщу́єте, сі́и пія́ни су́ть, є́сть бо ча́съ тре́тій дне́:
|
For these are not drunken, as ye suppose; seeing it is but the third hour of the day;
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
но сіє́ є́сть рѣче́нноє проро́комъ Іои́лемъ:
|
but this is that which hath been spoken through the prophet Joel:
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
и бу́детъ въ послѣ́днія дни́, глаго́летъ Госпо́дь, излію́ от Ду́ха Моєго́ на вся́ку пло́ть, и прореку́тъ сы́нове ва́ши и дще́ри ва́шя, и ю́ноши ва́ши видѣ́нія у́зрятъ, и ста́рцы ва́ши со́нія ви́дятъ:
|
And it shall be in the last days, saith God, I will pour forth of my Spirit upon all flesh: And your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, And your young men shall see visions, And your old men shall dream dreams:
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
и́бо на рабы́ Моя́ и на рабы́ни Моя́ во дни́ о́ны излію́ от Ду́ха Моєго́, и прореку́тъ:
|
Yea and on my servants and on my handmaidens in those days Will I pour forth of my Spirit; and they shall prophesy.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
и да́мъ чудеса́ на небеси́ горѣ́ и зна́менія на земли́ ни́зу, кро́вь и о́гнь и куре́ніє ды́ма:
|
And I will show wonders in the heaven above, And signs on the earth beneath; Blood, and fire, and vapor of smoke:
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
со́лнце преложи́тся во тму́, и луна́ въ кро́вь, пре́жде да́же не пріити́ дню́ Госпо́дню вели́кому и просвѣще́нному:
|
The sun shall be turned into darkness, And the moon into blood, Before the day of the Lord come, That great and notable day:
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
и бу́детъ, вся́къ, и́же а́ще призове́тъ и́мя Госпо́дне, спасе́тся.
|
And it shall be, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Му́жіє Ізра́илстіи, послу́шайте слове́съ си́хъ: Іису́са Назоре́а, Му́жа от Бо́га извѣ́ствованна въ ва́съ си́лами и чудесы́ и зна́меніи, я́же сотвори́ Тѣ́мъ Бо́гъ посредѣ́ ва́съ, я́коже и са́ми вѣ́сте,
|
Ye men of Israel, hear these words: Jesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God unto you by mighty works and wonders and signs which God did by him in the midst of you, even as ye yourselves also know;
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Сего́ нарекова́ннымъ совѣ́томъ и проразумѣ́ніємъ Бо́жіимъ пре́дана пріє́мше, рука́ми беззако́нныхъ пригво́ждше уби́сте:
|
him, being delivered up by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God, ye have taken, and by the hands of lawless men did crucify and slay:
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Єго́же Бо́гъ воскреси́, разрѣши́въ болѣ́зни сме́ртныя, я́коже не бя́ше мо́щно держи́му бы́ти Єму́ от нея́.
|
whom God raised up, having loosed the pangs of death: because it was not possible that he should be holden of it.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Дави́дъ бо глаго́летъ о Не́мъ: предзрѣ́хъ Го́спода предо мно́ю вы́ну, я́ко о десну́ю мене́ є́сть, да не подви́жуся:
|
For David saith concerning him, I beheld the Lord always before my face; For he is on my right hand, that I should not be moved:
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
сего́ ра́ди возвесели́ся се́рдце моє́, и возра́довася язы́къ мо́й: єще́ же и пло́ть моя́ всели́тся на упова́ніи,
|
Therefore my heart was glad, and my tongue rejoiced; Moreover my flesh also shall dwell in hope:
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
я́ко не оста́виши души́ моєя́ во а́дѣ, ниже́ да́си преподо́бному Твоєму́ ви́дѣти истлѣ́нія:
|
Because thou wilt not leave my soul unto Hades, Neither wilt thou give thy Holy One to see corruption.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
сказа́лъ ми́ єси́ пути́ живота́: испо́лниши мя́ весе́лія съ лице́мъ Твои́мъ.
|
Thou madest known unto me the ways of life; Thou shalt make me full of gladness with thy countenance.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Му́жіє бра́тіє, досто́итъ рещи́ съ дерзнове́ніємъ къ ва́мъ о патріа́рсѣ Дави́дѣ, я́ко и у́мре и погребе́нъ бы́сть, и гро́бъ єго́ є́сть въ на́съ да́же до дне́ сего́:
|
Brethren, I may say unto you freely of the patriarch David, that he both died and was buried, and his tomb is with us unto this day.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
проро́къ у́бо сы́й и вѣ́дый, я́ко кля́твою кля́тся єму́ Бо́гъ от плода́ чре́слъ єго́ по пло́ти воздви́гнути Христа́ и посади́ти Єго́ на престо́лѣ єго́,
|
Being therefore a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to the flesh, he would raise up the Christ to sit upon his throne;
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
предви́дѣвъ глаго́ла о воскресе́ніи Христо́вѣ, я́ко не оста́вися душа́ Єго́ во а́дѣ, ни пло́ть Єго́ ви́дѣ истлѣ́нія.
|
he foreseeing this spake of the resurrection of the Christ, that his soul was not left in Hades, neither did his flesh see corruption.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
Сего́ Іису́са воскреси́ Бо́гъ, єму́же вси́ мы́ єсмы́ свидѣ́теліє.
|
This Jesus did God raise up, whereof we all are witnesses.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
Десни́цею у́бо Бо́жією вознесе́ся, и обѣтова́ніє Свята́го Ду́ха пріє́мь от Отца́, излія́ сіє́, є́же вы́ ны́нѣ ви́дите и слы́шите.
|
Being therefore by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Spirit, he hath poured forth this, which ye now see and hear.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
Не бо́ Дави́дъ взы́де на небеса́, глаго́летъ бо са́мъ: рече́ Госпо́дь Го́сподеви моєму́: сѣди́ о десну́ю Мене́,
|
For David ascended not into the heavens: but he saith himself, The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand,
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
до́ндеже положу́ враги́ Твоя́ подно́жіє но́гъ Твои́хъ.
|
Till I make thine enemies the footstool of thy feet.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
Тве́рдо у́бо да разумѣ́єтъ ве́сь до́мъ Ізра́илевъ, я́ко и Го́спода и Христа́ єго́ Бо́гъ сотвори́лъ є́сть, Сего́ Іису́са, Єго́же вы́ распя́сте.
|
Let all the house of Israel therefore know assuredly, that God hath made him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom ye crucified.
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
Слы́шавше же умили́шася се́рдцемъ и рѣ́ша къ Петру́ и про́чымъ апо́столомъ: что́ сотвори́мъ, му́жіє бра́тіє?
|
Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter and the rest of the apostles, Brethren, what shall we do?
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
Пе́тръ же рече́ къ ни́мъ: пока́йтеся, и да крести́тся кі́йждо ва́съ во и́мя Іису́са Христа́ во оставле́ніє грѣхо́въ: и пріи́мете да́ръ Свята́го Ду́ха:
|
And Peter said unto them, Repent ye, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ unto the remission of sins; and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
ва́мъ бо є́сть обѣтова́ніє и ча́домъ ва́шымъ и всѣ́мъ да́льнимъ, єли́ки а́ще призове́тъ Госпо́дь Бо́гъ на́шъ.
|
For to you is the promise, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call unto him.
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
И ины́ми словесы́ мно́жайшими засвидѣ́телствоваше и моля́ше я́, глаго́ля: спаси́теся от ро́да стропти́ваго сего́.
|
And with many other words he testified and exhorted, saying, Save yourselves from this crooked generation.
|
|
41
|
41
|
|
И́же у́бо любе́зно прія́ша сло́во єго́, крести́шася: и приложи́шася въ де́нь то́й ду́шъ я́ко три́ ты́сящы:
|
They then that gladly received his word were baptized: and there were added unto them that day about three thousand souls.
|
|
42
|
42
|
|
бя́ху же терпя́ще во уче́ніи апо́столъ и во обще́ніи и въ преломле́ніи хлѣ́ба и въ моли́твахъ.
|
And they continued steadfastly in the apostles’ teaching and fellowship, and in the breaking of bread and the prayers.
|
|
43
|
43
|
|
Бы́сть же на вся́кой души́ стра́хъ: мно́га бо чудеса́ и зна́менія апо́столы бы́ша во Ієрусали́мѣ.
|
And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done through the apostles.
|
|
44
|
44
|
|
Стра́хъ же ве́лій бя́ше на всѣ́хъ и́хъ. Вси́ же вѣ́ровавшіи бя́ху вку́пѣ и имя́ху вся́ о́бща:
|
And all that believed were together, and had all things common;
|
|
45
|
45
|
|
и стяжа́нія и имѣ́нія продая́ху, и раздая́ху всѣ́мъ, єго́же а́ще кто́ тре́боваше:
|
and they sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all, according as any man had need.
|
|
46
|
46
|
|
по вся́ же дни́ терпя́ще єдиноду́шно въ це́ркви и ломя́ще по домо́мъ хлѣ́бъ, пріима́ху пи́щу въ ра́дости и въ простотѣ́ се́рдца,
|
And day by day, continuing steadfastly with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread at home, they took their food with gladness and singleness of heart,
|
|
47
|
47
|
|
хва́ляще Бо́га и иму́ще благода́ть у всѣ́хъ люді́й. Госпо́дь же прилага́ше по вся́ дни́ Це́ркви спаса́ющыяся.
|
praising God, and having favor with all the people. And the Lord added to the church day by day those that were saved.
|
|
Глава 3
|
Chapter 3
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Вку́пѣ же Пе́тръ и Іоа́ннъ восхожда́ста во святи́лище на моли́тву въ ча́съ девя́тый.
|
Now Peter and John were going up together into the temple at the hour of prayer, being the ninth hour.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
И нѣ́кій му́жъ, хро́мъ от чре́ва ма́тере своєя́ сы́й, носи́мь быва́ше, єго́же полага́ху по вся́ дни́ предъ две́рьми церко́вными, реко́мыми Кра́сными, проси́ти ми́лостыни от входя́щихъ въ це́рковь:
|
And a certain man that was lame from his mother’s womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the door of the temple which is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered into the temple;
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
и́же ви́дѣвъ Петра́ и Іоа́нна хотя́щыя вни́ти въ це́рковь, проша́ше ми́лостыни.
|
who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple, asked an alms.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
воззрѣ́въ же Пе́тръ на́нь со Іоа́нномъ, рече́: воззри́ на ны́.
|
And Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said, Look on us.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
О́нъ же прилѣжа́ше и́ма, мня́ нѣ́что от нею́ прія́ти.
|
And he gave heed unto them, expecting to receive something from them.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Рече́ же Пе́тръ: сребра́ и зла́та нѣ́сть у мене́, но є́же и́мамъ, сіє́ ти́ даю́: во и́мя Іису́са Христа́ Назоре́а воста́ни и ходи́.
|
But Peter said, Silver and gold have I none; but what I have, that give I thee. In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, arise and walk.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
И є́мь єго́ за десну́ю ру́ку воздви́же: а́біє же утверди́стѣся єго́ плеснѣ́ и гле́знѣ,
|
And he took him by the right hand, and raised him up: and immediately his feet and his anklebones received strength.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
и вскочи́въ ста́ и хожда́ше, и вни́де съ ни́ма въ це́рковь, ходя́ и скачя́ и хваля́ Бо́га.
|
And leaping up, he stood, and began to walk; and he entered with them into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
И ви́дѣша єго́ вси́ лю́діє ходя́ща и хва́ляща Бо́га,
|
And all the people saw him walking and praising God:
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
зна́ху же єго́, я́ко се́й бя́ше, и́же ми́лостыни ра́ди сѣдя́ше при Кра́сныхъ две́рехъ церко́вныхъ: и испо́лнишася чу́да и у́жаса о приключи́вшемся єму́.
|
and they took knowledge of him, that it was he that sat for alms at the Beautiful Gate of the temple; and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened unto him.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Держа́щужеся исцѣлѣ́вшему хромо́му Петра́ и Іоа́нна, притеко́ша къ ни́ма вси́ лю́діє въ притво́ръ, нарица́ємый Соломо́новъ, ужа́сни.
|
And as the lame man who was healed held Peter and John, all the people ran together unto them in the porch that is called Solomon’s, greatly wondering.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Ви́дѣвъ же Пе́тръ отвѣщава́ше къ лю́демъ: му́жіє Ізра́илтяне, что́ чудите́ся о се́мъ, или́ на ны́ что́ взира́єте, я́ко своє́ю ли си́лою или́ благоче́стіємъ сотвори́хомъ єго́ ходи́ти?
|
And when Peter saw it, he answered unto the people, Ye men of Israel, why marvel ye at this man? or why fasten ye your eyes on us, as though by our own power or godliness we had made him to walk?
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Бо́гъ Авраа́мовъ и Ісаа́ковъ и Іа́ковль, Бо́гъ оте́цъ на́шихъ, просла́ви О́трока Своєго́ Іису́са, Єго́же вы́ преда́сте, и отверго́стеся Єго́ предъ лице́мъ Піла́товымъ, су́ждшу о́ному пусти́ти:
|
The God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, hath glorified his Servant Jesus; whom ye indeed delivered up, and denied him before the face of Pilate, when he had determined to release him.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
вы́ же Свята́го и Пра́веднаго отверго́стеся, и испроси́сте му́жа убі́йцу да́ти ва́мъ,
|
But ye denied the Holy and Righteous One, and asked for a murderer to be granted unto you,
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Нача́лника же жи́зни уби́сте: Єго́же Бо́гъ воскреси́ от ме́ртвыхъ, єму́же мы́ свидѣ́теліє єсмы́.
|
and killed the Prince of life; whom God raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
И о вѣ́рѣ и́мене Єго́, сего́, єго́же ви́дите и зна́єте, утверди́ и́мя Єго́: и вѣ́ра, я́же Єго́ ра́ди, даде́ єму́ всю́ цѣ́лость сію́ предъ всѣ́ми ва́ми.
|
And by faith in his name hath his name made this man strong, whom ye behold and know: yea, the faith which is through him hath given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
И ны́нѣ, бра́тіє, вѣ́мъ, я́ко по невѣ́дѣнію сіє́ сотвори́сте, я́коже и кня́зи ва́ши:
|
And now, brethren, I know that in ignorance ye did it, as did also your rulers.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
Бо́гъ же, я́же предвозвѣсти́ усты́ всѣ́хъ проро́къ Свои́хъ пострада́ти Христу́, испо́лни та́ко.
|
But the things which God foreshowed by the mouth of all his prophets, that the Christ should suffer, he thus fulfilled.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
Пока́йтеся у́бо и обрати́теся, да очи́ститеся от грѣ́хъ ва́шихъ,
|
Repent ye therefore, and turn again, that your sins may be blotted out, that so there may come seasons of refreshing from the presence of the Lord;
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
я́ко да пріи́дутъ времена́ прохла́дна от лица́ Госпо́дня, и по́слетъ пронарѣче́ннаго ва́мъ Христа́ Іису́са,
|
and that he may send the Christ who hath been appointed for you, even Jesus:
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Єго́же подоба́єтъ небеси́ у́бо прія́ти да́же до лѣ́тъ устроє́нія всѣ́хъ, я́же глаго́ла Бо́гъ усты́ всѣ́хъ святы́хъ Свои́хъ проро́къ от вѣ́ка.
|
whom the heaven must receive until the times of restoration of all things, whereof God spake by the mouth of all his holy prophets that have been from of old.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Моисе́й у́бо ко отце́мъ рече́: я́ко Проро́ка ва́мъ воздви́гнетъ Госпо́дь Бо́гъ ва́шъ от бра́тіи ва́шея, я́ко мене́: Того́ послу́шайте по всему́, єли́ка а́ще рече́тъ къ ва́мъ:
|
For Moses indeed said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you from among your brethren, like unto me; to him shall ye hearken in all things whatsoever he shall speak unto you.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
бу́детъ же, вся́ка душа́, я́же а́ще не послу́шаєтъ Проро́ка о́наго, потреби́тся от люді́й.
|
And it shall be, that every soul that shall not hearken to that prophet, shall be utterly destroyed from among the people.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
И вси́ же проро́цы от Самуи́ла и и́же по си́хъ, єли́цы глаго́лаша, та́кожде предвозвѣсти́ша дни́ сія́.
|
Yea and all the prophets from Samuel and them that followed after, as many as have spoken, they also told of these days.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Вы́ єсте́ сы́нове проро́къ и завѣ́та, єго́же завѣща́ Бо́гъ ко отце́мъ ва́шымъ, глаго́ля ко Авраа́му: и о сѣ́мени твоє́мъ возблагословя́тся вся́ оте́чествія земна́я.
|
Ye are sons of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying unto Abraham, And in thy seed shall all the families of the earth be blessed.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Ва́мъ пе́рвѣє Бо́гъ, воздви́гій О́трока Своєго́ Іису́са, посла́ Єго́ благословя́ща ва́съ, во є́же отврати́тися ва́мъ кому́ждо от зло́бъ ва́шихъ.
|
Unto you first God, having raised up his Servant Jesus, sent him to bless you, in turning away every one of you from your iniquities.
|
|
Глава 4
|
Chapter 4
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Глаго́лющымъ же и́мъ къ лю́демъ, наидо́ша на ни́хъ свяще́нницы и воєво́да церко́вный и саддуке́є,
|
And as they spake unto the people, the priests and the captain of the temple and the Sadducees came upon them,
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
жа́ляще си́, за є́же учи́ти и́мъ лю́ди и возвѣща́ти о Іису́сѣ воскресе́ніє ме́ртвыхъ:
|
being sore troubled because they taught the people, and proclaimed in Jesus the resurrection from the dead.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
и возложи́ша на ни́хъ ру́ки и положи́ша и́хъ въ соблюде́ніє до у́трія: бѣ́ бо ве́черъ уже́.
|
And they laid hands on them, and put them in ward unto the morrow: for it was now eventide.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Мно́зи же от слы́шавшихъ сло́во вѣ́роваша: и бы́сть число́ муже́й я́ко ты́сящъ пя́ть.
|
But many of them that heard the word believed; and the number of the men came to be about five thousand.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Бы́сть же нау́тріє собра́тися князе́мъ и́хъ и ста́рцемъ и кни́жникомъ во Ієрусали́мъ,
|
And it came to pass on the morrow, that their rulers and elders and scribes were gathered together at Jerusalem,
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
и А́ннѣ архієре́ю и Каіа́фѣ и Іоа́нну и Алекса́ндру, и єли́цы бѣ́ша от ро́да архієре́йска:
|
and Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and as many as were of the kindred of the high priest.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
и поста́вльше и́хъ посредѣ́, вопроша́ху: ко́єю си́лою или́ ко́имъ и́менемъ сотвори́сте сіє́ вы́?
|
And when they had set them in the midst, they inquired, By what power, or in what name, have ye done this?
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Тогда́ Пе́тръ, испо́лнився Ду́ха Свя́та, рече́ къ ни́мъ: кня́зи лю́дстіи и ста́рцы Ізра́илевы,
|
Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said unto them, Ye rulers of the people, and elders of Israel,
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
а́ще мы́ дне́сь истязу́єми єсмы́ о благодѣя́ніи человѣ́ка не́мощна, о чесо́мъ се́й спасе́ся,
|
if we this day are examined concerning a good deed done to an impotent man, by what means this man is made whole;
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
разу́мно бу́ди всѣ́мъ ва́мъ и всѣ́мъ лю́демъ Ізра́илевымъ, я́ко во и́мя Іису́са Христа́ Назоре́а, Єго́же вы́ распя́сте, Єго́же Бо́гъ воскреси́ от ме́ртвыхъ, о Се́мъ се́й стои́тъ предъ ва́ми здра́въ:
|
be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even in him doth this man stand here before you whole.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Се́й є́сть ка́мень укоре́ный от ва́съ зи́ждущихъ, бы́вый во главу́ у́гла, и нѣ́сть ни о єди́нѣмъ же инѣ́мъ спасе́нія:
|
He is the stone which was set at nought of you the builders, which was made the head of the corner.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
нѣ́сть бо ино́го и́мене подъ небесе́мъ, да́ннаго въ человѣ́цѣхъ, о не́мже подоба́єтъ спасти́ся на́мъ.
|
And in none other is there salvation: for neither is there any other name that is given among men, wherein we must be saved.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Ви́дяще же Петро́во дерзнове́ніє и Іоа́нново и разумѣ́вше, я́ко человѣ́ка некни́жна єста́ и про́ста, дивля́хуся, зна́ху же и́хъ, я́ко со Іису́сомъ бѣ́ста:
|
Now when they beheld the boldness of Peter and John, and had perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men, they marveled; and they took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
ви́дяще же исцѣлѣ́вшаго человѣ́ка съ ни́ма стоя́ща, ничто́же имя́ху проти́ву рещи́.
|
And seeing the man that was healed standing with them, they could say nothing against it.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Повелѣ́вше же и́ма во́нъ изъ со́нмища изы́ти, стяза́хуся дру́гъ со дру́гомъ,
|
But when they had commanded them to go aside out of the council, they conferred among themselves,
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
глаго́люще: что́ сотвори́мъ человѣ́кома си́ма? Я́ко у́бо наро́читоє зна́меніє бы́сть и́ма, всѣ́мъ живу́щымъ во Ієрусали́мѣ я́вѣ, и не мо́жемъ отврещи́ся:
|
saying, What shall we do to these men? for that indeed a notable miracle hath been wrought through them, is manifest to all that dwell in Jerusalem; and we cannot deny it.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
но да не бо́лѣє простре́тся въ лю́дехъ, преще́ніємъ да запрети́мъ и́ма ктому́ не глаго́лати о и́мени се́мъ ни єди́ному от человѣ́къ.
|
But that it spread no further among the people, we will strictly threaten them, that they speak henceforth to no man in this name.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
И призва́вше и́хъ, заповѣ́даша и́ма отню́дъ не провѣщава́ти ниже́ учи́ти о и́мени Іису́совѣ.
|
And they called them, and charged them not to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
Пе́тръ же и Іоа́ннъ отвѣща́вша къ ни́мъ рѣ́ста: а́ще пра́ведно є́сть предъ Бо́гомъ ва́съ послу́шати па́че, не́жели Бо́га, суди́те:
|
But Peter and John answered and said unto them, Whether it is right in the sight of God to hearken unto you rather than unto God, judge ye:
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
не мо́жемъ бо мы́, я́же ви́дѣхомъ и слы́шахомъ, не глаго́лати.
|
for we cannot but speak the things which we saw and heard.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Они́ же призапре́щше и́ма, пусти́ша я́, ничто́же обрѣ́тше ка́ко му́чити и́хъ, люді́й ра́ди, я́ко вси́ прославля́ху Бо́га о бы́вшемъ:
|
And they, when they had further threatened them, let them go, finding nothing how they might punish them, because of the people; for all men glorified God for that which was done.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
лѣ́тъ бо бя́ше мно́жає четы́редесяти человѣ́къ то́й, на не́мже бы́сть чу́до сіє́ исцѣле́нія.
|
For the man was more than forty years old, on whom this miracle of healing was wrought.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Отпуще́на же бы́вша пріидо́ста ко свои́мъ и возвѣсти́ста, єли́ка къ ни́ма архієре́є и ста́рцы рѣ́ша.
|
And being let go, they came to their own company, and reported all that the chief priests and the elders had said unto them.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Они́ же слы́шавше єдиноду́шно воздвиго́ша гла́съ къ Бо́гу и реко́ша: Влады́ко, Ты́, Бо́же, сотвори́вый не́бо и зе́млю и мо́ре и вся́, я́же въ ни́хъ,
|
And they, when they heard it, lifted up their voice to God with one accord, and said, O Lord, thou art God, who didst make the heaven and the earth and the sea, and all that in them is:
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
и́же Ду́хомъ Святы́мъ усты́ отца́ на́шего Дави́да о́трока Твоєго́ ре́клъ єси́: вску́ю шата́шася язы́цы, и лю́діє поучи́шася тще́тнымъ?
|
who by the mouth of thy servant David didst say, Why did the Gentiles rage, And the peoples imagine vain things?
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Предста́ша ца́ріє зе́мстіи, и кня́зи собра́шася вку́пѣ на Го́спода и на Христа́ Єго́.
|
The kings of the earth set themselves in array, And the rulers were gathered together, Against the Lord, and against his Anointed:
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
Собра́шася бо вои́стинну во гра́дѣ се́мъ на Свята́го О́трока Твоєго́ Іису́са, Єго́же пома́залъ єси́, И́родъ же и Понті́йскій Піла́тъ съ язы́ки и людьми́ Ізра́илевыми,
|
for of a truth against thy holy Servant Jesus, whom thou didst anoint, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles and the peoples of Israel, were gathered together,
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
сотвори́ти, єли́ка рука́ Твоя́ и совѣ́тъ Тво́й преднарече́ бы́ти:
|
to do whatsoever thy hand and thy counsel foreordained to come to pass.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
и ны́нѣ, Го́споди, при́зри на преще́нія и́хъ и да́ждь рабо́мъ Твои́мъ со вся́кимъ дерзнове́ніємъ глаго́лати сло́во Твоє́,
|
And now, Lord, look upon their threatenings: and grant unto thy servants to speak thy word with all boldness,
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
внегда́ ру́ку Твою́ простре́ти Ти́ во исцѣле́нія, и зна́меніємъ и чудесе́мъ быва́ти и́менемъ Святы́мъ О́трока Твоєго́ Іису́са.
|
while thou stretchest forth thy hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done through the name of thy holy Servant Jesus.
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
И помоли́вшымся и́мъ, подви́жеся мѣ́сто, идѣ́же бя́ху со́брани, и испо́лнишася вси́ Ду́ха Свя́та и глаго́лаху сло́во Бо́жіє со дерзнове́ніємъ.
|
And when they had prayed, the place was shaken wherein they were gathered together; and they were all filled with the Holy Spirit, and they spake the word of God with boldness.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
Наро́ду же вѣ́ровавшему бѣ́ се́рдце и душа́ єди́на, и ни єди́нъ же что́ от имѣ́ній свои́хъ глаго́лаше своє́ бы́ти, но бя́ху и́мъ вся́ о́бща.
|
And the multitude of them that believed were of one heart and soul: and not one of them said that aught of the things which they possessed was his own; but they had all things common.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
И ве́лією си́лою воздая́ху свидѣ́телство апо́столи воскресе́нію Го́спода Іису́са Христа́, благода́ть же бѣ́ ве́лія на всѣ́хъ и́хъ.
|
And with great power gave the apostles their witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
Не бя́ше бо ни́щь ни єди́нъ въ ни́хъ: єли́цы бо госпо́діє се́ломъ или́ домово́мъ бя́ху, продаю́ще приноша́ху цѣ́ны продає́мыхъ
|
For neither was there among them any that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and brought the prices of the things that were sold,
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
и полага́ху при нога́хъ апо́столъ: дая́шеся же коєму́ждо, єго́же а́ще кто́ тре́боваше.
|
and laid them at the apostles’ feet: and distribution was made unto each, according as anyone had need.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
Іосі́а же, нарѣче́нный Варна́ва от апо́столъ, є́же є́сть сказа́ємо сы́нъ утѣше́нія, леві́тъ, Ки́прянинъ ро́домъ,
|
And Joses, who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas (which is, being interpreted, Son of exhortation), a Levite, a man of Cyprus by race,
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
имѣ́я село́, прода́въ принесе́ цѣ́ну и положи́ предъ нога́ми апо́столъ.
|
having a field, sold it, and brought the money and laid it at the apostles’ feet.
|
|
Глава 5
|
Chapter 5
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Му́жъ же нѣ́кій, Ана́ніа и́менемъ, съ Сапфі́рою жено́ю своє́ю, продаде́ село́
|
But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession,
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
и утаи́ от цѣны́, свѣ́дущей и женѣ́ єго́: и прине́съ ча́сть нѣ́кую, предъ нога́ми апо́столъ положи́.
|
and kept back part of the price, his wife also being privy to it, and brought a certain part, and laid it at the apostles’ feet.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Рече́ же Пе́тръ: Ана́ніє, почто́ испо́лни сатана́ се́рдце твоє́ солга́ти Ду́ху Свято́му и утаи́ти от цѣны́ села́?
|
But Peter said, Ananias, why hath Satan filled thy heart to lie to the Holy Spirit, and to keep back for thyself part of the price of the land?
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Су́щеє тебѣ́ не твоє́ ли бѣ́, и прода́ноє не въ твоє́й ли вла́сти бя́ше? Что́ я́ко положи́лъ єси́ въ се́рдцы твоє́мъ ве́щь сію́? Не человѣ́комъ солга́лъ єси́, но Бо́гу.
|
While it remained, did it not remain thine own? and after it was sold, was it not in thy power? How is it that thou hast conceived this thing in thy heart? thou hast not lied unto men, but unto God.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Слы́шавъ же Ана́ніа словеса́ сія́, па́дъ и́здше: и бы́сть стра́хъ вели́къ на всѣ́хъ слы́шащихъ сія́.
|
And Ananias hearing these words fell down and gave up the ghost: and great fear came upon all that heard these things.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Вста́вше же ю́ноши взя́ша єго́ и изне́сше погребо́ша.
|
And the young men arose and wrapped him round, and they carried him out and buried him.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Бы́сть же я́ко тріє́мъ часо́мъ мину́вшымъ, и жена́ єго́ не вѣ́дущи бы́вшаго вни́де.
|
And it was about the space of three hours after, when his wife, not knowing what was done, came in.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Отвѣща́ же є́й Пе́тръ: рцы́ ми, а́ще на толи́цѣ село́ отда́ста? Она́ же рече́: є́й, на толи́цѣ.
|
And Peter answered unto her, Tell me whether ye sold the land for so much. And she said, Yea, for so much.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Пе́тръ же рече́ къ не́й: что́ я́ко согласи́стася искуси́ти Ду́ха Госпо́дня? Се́, но́ги погре́бшихъ му́жа твоєго́ при две́рехъ, и изнесу́тъ тя́.
|
But Peter said unto her, How is it that ye have agreed together to try the Spirit of the Lord? behold, the feet of them that have buried thy husband are at the door, and they shall carry thee out.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Паде́ же а́біє предъ нога́ма єго́ и и́здше: вше́дше же ю́ноши обрѣто́ша ю́ ме́ртву и изне́сше погребо́ша бли́зъ му́жа єя́.
|
And she fell down immediately at his feet, and gave up the ghost: and the young men came in and found her dead, and they carried her out and buried her by her husband.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
И бы́сть стра́хъ вели́къ на все́й це́ркви и на всѣ́хъ слы́шашихъ сія́.
|
And great fear came upon the whole church, and upon all that heard these things.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Рука́ми же апо́столскими бы́ша зна́менія и чудеса́ въ лю́дехъ мно́га: и бя́ху єдиноду́шно вси́ въ притво́рѣ Соломо́ни:
|
And by the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people: and they were all with one accord in Solomon’s porch.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
от про́чихъ же никто́же смѣ́яше прилѣпля́тися и́мъ, но велича́ху и́хъ лю́діє.
|
But of the rest durst no man join himself to them: howbeit the people magnified them;
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Па́че же прилага́хуся вѣ́рующіи Го́сподеви, мно́жество муже́й же и же́нъ,
|
and believers were the more added to the Lord, multitudes both of men and women:
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
я́ко и на сто́гны износи́ти неду́жныя и полага́ти на посте́лехъ и на одрѣ́хъ, да гряду́щу Петру́ поне́ сѣ́нь єго́ осѣни́тъ нѣ́коєго от ни́хъ.
|
insomuch that they carried out the sick into the streets, and laid them on beds and couches, that, as Peter came by, at the least his shadow might overshadow some one of them.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Схожда́шеся же и мно́жество от окре́стныхъ градо́въ во Ієрусали́мъ, принося́ще неду́жныя и стра́ждущыя от ду́хъ нечи́стыхъ, и́же исцѣлѣва́хуся вси́.
|
And there also came together the multitude from the cities round about unto Jerusalem, bringing sick folk, and them that were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were healed every one.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Воста́въ же архієре́й и вси́ и́же съ ни́мъ, су́щая є́ресь саддуке́йская, испо́лнишася за́висти,
|
But the high priest rose up, and all they that were with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees), and they were filled with jealousy,
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
и возложи́ша ру́ки своя́ на апо́столы и посла́ша и́хъ въ соблюде́ніє о́бщеє.
|
and laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in public ward.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
А́нгелъ же Госпо́день но́щію отве́рзе две́ри темни́цы, изве́дъ же и́хъ, рече́:
|
But an angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them out, and said,
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
иди́те и ста́вше глаго́лите въ це́ркви лю́демъ вся́ глаго́лы жи́зни сея́.
|
Go ye, and stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this Life.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Слы́шавше же внидо́ша по у́треницѣ {у́тро} въ це́рковь и уча́ху. Прише́дъ же архієре́й и и́же съ ни́мъ, созва́ша собо́ръ и вся́ ста́рцы от сыно́въ Ізра́илевыхъ и посла́ша во узи́лище, привести́ и́хъ.
|
And when they heard this, they entered into the temple about daybreak, and taught. But the high priest came, and they that were with him, and called the council together, and all the senate of the children of Israel, and sent to the prison house to have them brought.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Слуги́ же ше́дше не обрѣто́ша и́хъ въ темни́цѣ, возвра́щшежеся возвѣсти́ша,
|
But the officers that came found them not in the prison; and they returned, and told,
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
глаго́люще, я́ко темни́цу у́бо обрѣто́хомъ заключе́ну со вся́кимъ утвержде́ніємъ и блюсти́тели стоя́щыя предъ две́рьми: отве́рзше же, вну́трь ни єди́наго обрѣто́хомъ.
|
saying, The prison house truly we found shut in all safety, and the keepers standing before the doors: but when we had opened, we found no man within.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Я́коже слы́шаша словеса́ сія́ архієре́й же и воєво́да церко́вный и первосвяще́нницы, недоумѣва́хуся о ни́хъ, что́ у́бо бу́детъ сіє́.
|
Now when the priest and the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these words, they were much perplexed concerning them whereunto this would grow.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Прише́дъ же нѣ́кто возвѣсти́ и́мъ, глаго́ля, я́ко се́, му́жіє, и́хже всади́сте въ темни́цу, су́ть въ це́ркви стоя́ще и уча́ще лю́ди.
|
And there came one and told them, Behold, the men whom ye put in the prison are in the temple standing and teaching the people.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Тогда́ ше́дъ воєво́да со слуга́ми, приведе́ и́хъ не съ ну́ждею, боя́хуся бо люді́й, да не ка́меніємъ побію́тъ и́хъ:
|
Then went the captain with the officers, and brought them, but without violence; for they feared the people, lest they should be stoned.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
приве́дше же и́хъ, поста́виша на со́нмищи, и вопроси́ и́хъ архієре́й, глаго́ля:
|
And when they had brought them, they set them before the council. And the high priest asked them,
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
не запреще́ніємъ ли запрети́хомъ ва́мъ не учи́ти о и́мени се́мъ? И се́, испо́лнисте Ієрусали́мъ уче́ніємъ ва́шимъ и хо́щете навести́ на ны́ кро́вь Человѣ́ка Сего́.
|
saying, Did we not strictly charge you not to teach in this name? and behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your teaching, and intend to bring this man’s blood upon us.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Отвѣща́въ же Пе́тръ и апо́столи рѣ́ша: повинова́тися подоба́єтъ Бо́гови па́че, не́жели человѣ́комъ:
|
But Peter and the apostles answered and said, We must obey God rather than men.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
Бо́гъ оте́цъ на́шихъ воздви́же Іису́са, Єго́же вы́ уби́сте, повѣ́сивше на дре́вѣ:
|
The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom ye slew, hanging him on a tree.
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
Сего́ Бо́гъ Нача́лника и Спа́са возвы́си десни́цею Своє́ю, да́ти покая́ніє Ізра́илеви и оставле́ніє грѣхо́въ:
|
Him did God exalt with his right hand to be a Prince and a Savior, to give repentance to Israel, and remission of sins.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
и мы́ єсмы́ Того́ свидѣ́теліє глаго́лъ си́хъ, и Ду́хъ Святы́й, Єго́же даде́ Бо́гъ повину́ющымся Єму́.
|
And we are his witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Spirit, whom God hath given to them that obey him.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
Они́ же слы́шавше распыха́хуся и совѣща́ша уби́ти и́хъ.
|
But they, when they heard this, were cut to the heart, and were minded to slay them.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
Воста́въ же нѣ́кій на со́нмищи фарісе́й, и́менемъ Гамаліи́лъ, законоучи́тель че́стенъ всѣ́мъ лю́демъ, повелѣ́ внѣ́ ма́ло что́ апо́столомъ уступи́ти,
|
But there stood up one in the council, a Pharisee, named Gamaliel, a doctor of the law, had in honor of all the people, and commanded to put the apostles forth a little while.
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
рече́ же къ ни́мъ: му́жіє Ізра́илтяне, внима́йте себѣ́ о человѣ́цѣхъ си́хъ, что́ хо́щете сотвори́ти:
|
And he said unto them, Ye men of Israel, take heed to yourselves as touching these men, what ye are about to do.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
предъ си́ми бо де́нми воста́ Ѳє́вда, глаго́ля бы́ти вели́ка нѣ́коєго себе́, єму́же прилѣпи́шася число́мъ муже́й я́ко четы́реста: и́же убіє́нъ бы́сть, и вси́, єли́цы повину́шася єму́, разыдо́шася и бы́ша ни во что́же:
|
For before these days rose up Theudas, giving himself out to be somebody; to whom were called a number of men, about four hundred: who was slain; and all, as many as obeyed him, were dispersed, and came to nought.
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
по се́мъ воста́ Іу́да Галіле́анинъ во дни́ написа́нія и отвлече́ лю́ди дово́лны вслѣ́дъ себе́: и то́й поги́бе, и вси́, єли́цы послу́шаша єго́, разсы́пашася:
|
After this man rose up Judas of Galilee in the days of the enrollment, and drew away much people after him: he also perished; and all, as many as obeyed him, were scattered abroad.
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
и ны́нѣ, глаго́лю ва́мъ, отступи́те от человѣ́къ си́хъ и оста́вите и́хъ: я́ко а́ще бу́детъ от человѣ́къ совѣ́тъ се́й или́ дѣ́ло сіє́, разори́тся,
|
And now I say unto you, Refrain from these men, and let them alone: for if this counsel or this work be of men, it will be overthrown:
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
а́ще ли же от Бо́га є́сть, не мо́жете разори́ти то́, да не ка́ко и богобо́рцы обря́щетеся.
|
but if it is of God, ye cannot overthrow it; lest haply ye be found even to be fighting against God.
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
Послу́шаша же єго́, и призва́вше апо́столы, би́вше запрети́ша и́мъ не глаго́лати о и́мени Іису́совѣ и отпусти́ша и́хъ.
|
And to him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles unto them, they beat them and charged them not to speak in the name of Jesus, and let them go.
|
|
41
|
41
|
|
Они́ же у́бо идя́ху ра́дующеся от лица́ собо́ра, я́ко за и́мя Го́спода Іису́са сподо́бишася безче́стіє прія́ти:
|
They therefore departed from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name.
|
|
42
|
42
|
|
по вся́ же дни́ въ це́ркви и въ домѣ́хъ не престая́ху уча́ще и благовѣству́юще Іису́са Христа́.
|
And every day, in the temple and at home, they ceased not to teach and to preach Jesus as the Christ.
|
|
Глава 6
|
Chapter 6
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Во дне́хъ же си́хъ, умно́жившымся ученико́мъ, бы́сть ропта́ніє Є́ллиновъ ко Євре́омъ, я́ко презира́ємы быва́ху во вседне́внѣмъ служе́ніи вдови́цы и́хъ.
|
Now in these days, when the number of the disciples was multiplying, there arose a murmuring of the Grecian Jews against the Hebrews, because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Призва́вше же двана́десять мно́жество учени́къ, рѣ́ша: не уго́дно є́сть на́мъ, оста́вльшымъ сло́во Бо́жіє, служи́ти трапе́замъ:
|
And the twelve called the multitude of the disciples unto them, and said, It is not fit that we should forsake the word of God, and serve tables.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
усмотри́те у́бо, бра́тіє, му́жы от ва́съ свидѣ́телствованы се́дмь, испо́лнены Ду́ха Свя́та и прему́дрости, и́хже поста́вимъ надъ слу́жбою се́ю:
|
Look ye out therefore, brethren, from among you seven men of good report, full of the Holy Spirit and of wisdom, whom we will appoint over this business.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
мы́ же въ моли́твѣ и служе́ніи сло́ва пребу́демъ.
|
But we will continue steadfastly in prayer, and in the ministry of the word.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
И уго́дно бы́сть сло́во сіє́ предъ всѣ́мъ наро́домъ: и избра́ша Стефа́на, му́жа испо́лнена вѣ́ры и Ду́ха Свя́та, и Філі́ппа, и Про́хора и Нікано́ра, и Ті́мона и Парме́на, и Нікола́а прише́лца Антіохі́йскаго,
|
And the saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, and Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolaus a proselyte of Antioch;
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
и́хже поста́виша предъ апо́столы: и помоли́вшеся возложи́ша на ня́ ру́цѣ.
|
whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed, they laid their hands upon them.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
И сло́во Бо́жіє растя́ше, и мно́жашеся число́ учени́къ во Ієрусали́мѣ зѣло́: мно́гъ же наро́дъ свяще́нниковъ послу́шаху вѣ́ры.
|
And the word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem exceedingly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Стефа́нъ же испо́лнь вѣ́ры и си́лы творя́ше зна́менія и чудеса́ ве́лія въ лю́дехъ.
|
And Stephen, full of faith and power, wrought great wonders and signs among the people.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Воста́ша же нѣ́цыи от со́нма глаго́лемаго Ліверті́нска и Кирине́йска и Алекса́ндрска, и и́же от Кілікі́и и Асі́и, стяза́ющеся со Стефа́номъ:
|
But there arose certain of them that were of the synagogue called the synagogue of the Libertines, and of the Cyrenians, and of the Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and Asia, disputing with Stephen.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
и не можа́ху противуста́ти прему́дрости и Ду́ху, И́мже глаго́лаше.
|
And they were not able to withstand the wisdom and the Spirit by which he spake.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Тогда́ подусти́ша му́жы глаго́лющыя, я́ко слы́шахомъ єго́ глаго́люща глаго́лы ху́лныя на Моисе́а и на Бо́га.
|
Then they suborned men, who said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses, and against God.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Сподвиго́ша же лю́ди и ста́рцы и кни́жники, и напа́дше восхи́тиша єго́ и приведо́ша на со́нмище,
|
And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and seized him, and brought him into the council,
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
поста́виша же свидѣ́тели ло́жны глаго́лющыя, я́ко человѣ́къ се́й не престає́тъ глаго́лы ху́лныя глаго́ля на мѣ́сто свято́є сіє́ и зако́нъ:
|
and set up false witnesses, who said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against the holy place, and the law:
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
слы́шахомъ бо єго́ глаго́люща, я́ко Іису́съ Назоре́й се́й разори́тъ мѣ́сто сіє́ и измѣни́тъ обы́чаи, я́же предаде́ на́мъ Моисе́й.
|
for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered unto us.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
И воззрѣ́вше на́нь вси́ сѣдя́щіи въ со́нмищи, ви́дѣша лице́ єго́ я́ко лице́ А́нгела.
|
And all that sat in the council, fastening their eyes on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel.
|
|
Глава 7
|
Chapter 7
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Рече́ же архієре́й: а́ще у́бо сія́ та́ко су́ть?
|
And the high priest said, Are then these things so?
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
О́нъ же рече́: му́жіє бра́тіє и отцы́, послу́шайте. Бо́гъ сла́вы яви́ся отцу́ на́шему Авраа́му су́щу въ Месопота́міи, пре́жде да́же не всели́тися єму́ въ Харра́нь,
|
And he said, Brethren and fathers, hearken: The God of glory appeared unto our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Haran,
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
и рече́ къ нему́: изы́ди от земли́ твоєя́ и от ро́да твоєго́ и от до́му отца́ твоєго́, и пріиди́ въ зе́млю, ю́же а́ще ти́ покажу́.
|
and said unto him, Get thee out of thy land, and from thy kindred, and come into a land that I shall show thee.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Тогда́ изше́дъ от земли́ Халде́йскія, всели́ся въ Харра́нь: и отту́ду, по уме́ртвіи отца́ єго́, пресели́ єго́ въ зе́млю сію́, на не́йже вы́ ны́нѣ живете́,
|
Then came he out of the land of the Chaldeans, and dwelt in Haran: and from thence, when his father was dead, God removed him into this land, wherein ye now dwell:
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
и не даде́ єму́ наслѣ́дія въ не́й, ниже́ стопы́ но́гу: и обѣща́ да́ти єму́ ю́ во одержа́ніє и сѣ́мени єго́ по не́мъ, не су́щу єму́ ча́ду.
|
and he gave him none inheritance in it, no, not so much as to set his foot on: and he promised that he would give it to him in possession, and to his seed after him, when as yet he had no child.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Глаго́ла же си́це Бо́гъ, я́ко бу́детъ сѣ́мя єго́ прише́лцы въ земли́ чужде́й, и порабо́тятъ є́ и озло́бятъ лѣ́тъ четы́реста.
|
And God spake on this wise, that his seed should sojourn in a strange land, and that they should bring them into bondage, and treat them ill, four hundred years.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
И язы́ку, єму́же порабо́таютъ, сужду́ А́зъ, рече́ Бо́гъ: и по си́хъ изы́дутъ и послу́жатъ Ми́ на мѣ́стѣ се́мъ.
|
And the nation to which they shall be in bondage will I judge, said God: and after that shall they come forth, and serve me in this place.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
И даде́ єму́ завѣ́тъ обрѣ́занія. И та́ко роди́ Ісаа́ка и обрѣ́за єго́ въ де́нь осмы́й: и Ісаа́къ Іа́кова, и Іа́ковъ двана́десять патріа́рхъ.
|
And he gave him the covenant of circumcision: and so Abraham begat Isaac, and circumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac begat Jacob, and Jacob the twelve patriarchs.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
И патріа́рси позави́дѣвше Іо́сифу прода́ша єго́ во Єги́петъ: и бѣ́ Бо́гъ съ ни́мъ,
|
And the patriarchs, moved with jealousy against Joseph, sold him into Egypt: and God was with him,
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
и изъя́тъ єго́ от всѣ́хъ скорбе́й єго́, и даде́ єму́ благода́ть и прему́дрость предъ фарао́номъ царе́мъ Єги́петскимъ: и поста́ви єго́ нача́лника надъ Єги́птомъ и надъ всѣ́мъ до́момъ свои́мъ.
|
and delivered him out of all his afflictions, and gave him favor and wisdom before Pharaoh king of Egypt; and he made him governor over Egypt and all his house.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Пріи́де же гла́дъ на всю́ зе́млю Єги́петскую и Ханаа́ню и ско́рбь ве́лія, и не обрѣта́ху сы́тости отцы́ на́ши.
|
Now there came a famine over all the land of Egypt and Canaan, and great affliction: and our fathers found no sustenance.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Слы́шавъ же Іа́ковъ су́щую пшени́цу во Єги́птѣ, посла́ отцы́ на́шя пе́рвѣє,
|
But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he sent forth our fathers the first time.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
и внегда́ второ́є [пріидо́ша], позна́нъ бы́сть Іо́сифъ бра́тіи своє́й, и я́вѣ бы́сть фарао́ну ро́дъ Іо́сифовъ.
|
And at the second time Joseph was made known to his brethren; and Joseph’s race became manifest unto Pharaoh.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Посла́въ же Іо́сифъ призва́ отца́ своєго́ Іа́кова и все́ сро́дство своє́, се́дмьдесятъ и пя́ть ду́шъ.
|
And Joseph sent, and called to him his father Jacob, and all his kindred, threescore and fifteen souls.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Сни́де же Іа́ковъ во Єги́петъ, и сконча́ся са́мъ и отцы́ на́ши:
|
And Jacob went down into Egypt; and he died, himself and our fathers;
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
и принесе́ни бы́ша въ Сихе́мъ и положе́ни бы́ша во гро́бѣ, єго́же купи́ Авраа́мъ цѣно́ю сребра́ от сыно́въ Єммо́ра Сихе́мова.
|
and they were carried over unto Shechem, and laid in the tomb that Abraham bought for a price in silver of the sons of Hamor the father of Shechem.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
И я́коже приближа́шеся вре́мя обѣтова́нія, и́мже кля́тся Бо́гъ Авраа́му, возрасто́ша лю́діє и умно́жишася во Єги́птѣ,
|
But as the time of the promise drew nigh which God had sworn to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt,
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
до́ндеже наста́ ца́рь и́нъ [во Єги́птѣ], и́же не зна́ше Іо́сифа:
|
till there arose another king, who knew not Joseph.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
се́й злѣ́ умы́сливъ о ро́дѣ на́шемъ, озло́би отцы́ на́шя, умори́ти младе́нцы и́хъ и не оживи́ти {дабы́ изверга́ли младе́нцы своя́ во є́же не бы́ти и́мъ живы́мъ}.
|
The same dealt craftily with our race, and ill-treated our fathers, that they should cast out their babes to the end they might not live.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Въ не́же вре́мя роди́ся Моисе́й и бѣ́ уго́денъ Бо́гови, и́же пита́нъ бы́сть ме́сяцы три́ въ дому́ отца́ своєго́:
|
At which season Moses was born, and was exceeding fair; and he was nourished three months in his father’s house:
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
изве́ржена же єго́ взя́тъ єго́ дщи́ фарао́нова и воспита́ и́ себѣ́ въ сы́на:
|
and when he was cast out, Pharaoh’s daughter took him up, and nourished him for her own son.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
и нака́занъ бы́сть Моисе́й все́й прему́дрости Єги́петстѣй, бѣ́ же си́ленъ въ словесѣ́хъ и дѣ́лѣхъ.
|
And Moses was instructed in all the wisdom of the Egyptians; and he was mighty in words and in works.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Єгда́ же исполня́шеся єму́ лѣ́тъ четы́редесятихъ вре́мя, взы́де на се́рдце єму́ посѣти́ти бра́тію свою́ сы́ны Ізра́илевы:
|
But when he was well-nigh forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brethren the children of Israel.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
и ви́дѣвъ нѣ́коєго оби́дима, посо́бствова и сотвори́ отмще́ніє оби́димому, уби́въ Єги́птянина.
|
And seeing one of them suffer wrong, he defended him, and avenged him that was oppressed, smiting the Egyptian:
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Мня́ше же разумѣ́ти бра́тіямъ свои́мъ, я́ко Бо́гъ руко́ю єго́ да́стъ и́мъ спасе́ніє: они́ же не разумѣ́ша.
|
and he supposed that his brethren understood that God by his hand was giving them deliverance; but they understood not.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Во у́трій же де́нь яви́ся и́мъ тя́жущымся и привлача́ше и́хъ въ примире́ніє, ре́къ: му́жіє, бра́тія єсте́ вы́, вску́ю оби́дите дру́гъ дру́га?
|
And the day following he appeared unto them as they strove, and urged them to peace, saying, Sirs, ye are brethren; why do ye wrong one to another?
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
Оби́дяй же бли́жняго отри́ну єго́, ре́къ: кто́ тя́ поста́ви кня́зя и судію́ надъ на́ми?
|
But he that did his neighbor wrong thrust him away, saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge over us?
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
Єда́ уби́ти мя́ ты́ хо́щеши, и́мже о́бразомъ уби́лъ єси́ вчера́ Єги́птянина?
|
Wouldest thou kill me, as thou killedst the Egyptian yesterday?
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Бѣжа́ же Моисе́й о словеси́ се́мъ и бы́сть пришле́цъ въ земли́ Мадіа́мстѣй, идѣ́же роди́ сы́на два́.
|
And Moses fled at this saying, and became a sojourner in the land of Midian, where he begat two sons.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
И испо́лньшымся лѣ́томъ четы́редесятимъ, яви́ся єму́ въ пусты́ни горы́ Сіна́йскія А́нгелъ Госпо́день въ пла́мени о́гненѣ въ купинѣ́:
|
And when forty years were fulfilled, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in the wilderness of mount Sinai, in a flame of fire in a bush.
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
Моисе́й же ви́дѣвъ дивля́шеся видѣ́нію: приступа́ющу же єму́ разумѣ́ти, бы́сть гла́съ Госпо́день къ нему́:
|
And when Moses saw it, he wondered at the sight: and as he drew near to behold, there came a voice of the Lord unto him,
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
А́зъ Бо́гъ оте́цъ твои́хъ, Бо́гъ Авраа́мовъ и Бо́гъ Ісаа́ковъ и Бо́гъ Іа́ковль. Тре́петенъ же бы́въ Моисе́й не смѣ́яше смотри́ти.
|
I am the God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. And Moses trembled, and durst not behold.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
Рече́ же єму́ Госпо́дь: изу́й сапоги́ ногу́ твоє́ю, мѣ́сто бо, на не́мже стои́ши, земля́ свята́ є́сть:
|
And the Lord said unto him, Loose the shoes from thy feet: for the place whereon thou standest is holy ground.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
ви́дя ви́дѣхъ озлобле́ніє люді́й Мои́хъ, и́же во Єги́птѣ, и стена́ніє и́хъ услы́шахъ, и снидо́хъ изъя́ти и́хъ: и ны́нѣ гряди́, послю́ тя во Єги́петъ.
|
I have surely seen the affliction of my people that is in Egypt, and have heard their groaning, and I am come down to deliver them: and now come, I will send thee into Egypt.
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
Сего́ Моисе́а, єго́же отри́нуша, ре́кше: кто́ тя́ поста́ви нача́лника и судію́? Сего́ Бо́гъ кня́зя и изба́вителя посла́ руко́ю А́нгела я́вльшагося єму́ въ купинѣ́:
|
This Moses whom they refused, saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge? him did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel that appeared to him in the bush.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
се́й изведе́ и́хъ, сотво́рь чудеса́ и зна́менія въ земли́ Єги́петстѣй и въ Чермнѣ́мъ мо́ри, и въ пусты́ни лѣ́тъ четы́редесять.
|
This man led them forth, having wrought wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, and in the Red Sea, and in the wilderness forty years.
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
Се́й є́сть Моисе́й рекі́й сыно́мъ Ізра́илевымъ: Проро́ка ва́мъ воздви́гнетъ Госпо́дь Бо́гъ ва́шъ от бра́тіи ва́шея я́ко мене́: Того́ послу́шайте.
|
This is that Moses, who said unto the children of Israel, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you from among your brethren, like unto me.
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
Се́й є́сть бы́вый въ це́ркви въ пусты́ни со А́нгеломъ, глаго́лавшимъ єму́ на горѣ́ Сіна́йстѣй, и со отцы́ на́шими, и́же прія́тъ словеса́ жи́ва да́ти на́мъ,
|
This is he that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel that spake to him in the mount Sinai, and with our fathers: who received living oracles to give unto us:
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
єго́же не восхотѣ́ша послу́шати отцы́ на́ши, но отри́нуша и́ и обрати́шася се́рдцемъ свои́мъ во Єги́петъ,
|
to whom our fathers would not be obedient, but thrust him from them, and turned back in their heart unto Egypt,
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
ре́кше Ааро́ну: сотвори́ на́мъ бо́ги, и́же предъи́дутъ предъ на́ми, Моисе́ю бо сему́, и́же изведе́ на́съ от земли́ Єги́петскія, не вѣ́мы, что́ бы́сть єму́.
|
saying unto Aaron, Make us gods that shall go before us: for as for this Moses, who led us forth out of the land of Egypt, we know not what is become of him.
|
|
41
|
41
|
|
И сотвори́ша телца́ во дни́ о́ны, и принесо́ша же́ртву і́долу, и веселя́хуся въ дѣ́лѣхъ руку́ своє́ю.
|
And they made a calf in those days, and brought a sacrifice unto the idol, and rejoiced in the works of their hands.
|
|
42
|
42
|
|
Отврати́ся же Бо́гъ и предаде́ и́хъ служи́ти во́ємъ небе́снымъ, я́коже пи́сано є́сть въ кни́зѣ проро́къ: єда́ заколе́нія и же́ртвы принесо́сте Ми́ лѣ́тъ четы́редесять въ пусты́ни, до́ме Ізра́илевъ?
|
But God turned, and gave them up to serve the host of heaven; as it is written in the book of the prophets, Did ye offer unto me slain beasts and sacrifices Forty years in the wilderness, O house of Israel?
|
|
43
|
43
|
|
И воспрія́сте ски́нію Моло́хову и звѣзду́ бо́га ва́шего Ремфа́на, о́бразы, я́же сотвори́сте покланя́тися и́мъ: и преселю́ вы да́лѣє Вавило́на.
|
And ye took up the tabernacle of Moloch, And the star of your god Remphan, The figures which ye made to worship them: And I will carry you away beyond Babylon.
|
|
44
|
44
|
|
Сѣ́нь свидѣ́нія бя́ше отце́мъ на́шымъ въ пусты́ни, я́коже повелѣ́ Глаго́ляй Моисе́ови сотвори́ти ю́ по о́бразу, єго́же ви́дѣ:
|
Our fathers had the tabernacle of the testimony in the wilderness, even as he appointed who spake unto Moses, that he should make it according to the figure that he had seen.
|
|
45
|
45
|
|
ю́же и внесо́ша пріє́мше отцы́ на́ши со Іису́сомъ во одержа́ніє язы́ковъ, и́хже изри́ну Бо́гъ от лица́ оте́цъ на́шихъ, да́же до дні́й Дави́да:
|
Which also our fathers, in their turn, brought in with Joshua when they entered on the possession of the nations, that God thrust out before the face of our fathers, unto the days of David;
|
|
46
|
46
|
|
и́же обрѣ́те благода́ть предъ Бо́гомъ и испроси́ обрѣсти́ селе́ніє Бо́гу Іа́ковлю.
|
who found favor in the sight of God, and asked to find a habitation for the God of Jacob.
|
|
47
|
47
|
|
Соломо́нъ же созда́ Єму́ хра́мъ.
|
But Solomon built him a house.
|
|
48
|
48
|
|
Но Вы́шній не въ рукотворе́нныхъ це́рквахъ живе́тъ, я́коже проро́къ глаго́летъ:
|
Howbeit the Most High dwelleth not in temples made with hands; as saith the prophet,
|
|
49
|
49
|
|
не́бо Мнѣ́ престо́лъ є́сть, земля́ же подно́жіє нога́ма Мои́ма: кі́й хра́мъ сози́ждете Ми́, глаго́летъ Госпо́дь, или́ ко́є мѣ́сто поко́ищу Моєму́?
|
The heaven is my throne, And the earth the footstool of my feet: What manner of house will ye build me? saith the Lord: Or what is the place of my rest?
|
|
50
|
50
|
|
Не рука́ ли Моя́ сотвори́ сія́ вся́?
|
Did not my hand make all these things?
|
|
51
|
51
|
|
Жестоковы́йніи и необрѣ́занніи сердцы́ и ушесы́, вы́ при́сно Ду́ху Свято́му проти́витеся, я́коже отцы́ ва́ши, та́ко и вы́:
|
Ye stiff-necked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye do always resist the Holy Spirit: as your fathers did, so do ye.
|
|
52
|
52
|
|
кого́ от проро́къ не изгна́ша отцы́ ва́ши? И уби́ша предвозвѣсти́вшыя о прише́ствіи Пра́веднаго, Єго́же вы́ ны́нѣ преда́теле и убі́йцы бы́сте,
|
Which of the prophets did not your fathers persecute? and they killed them that showed before of the coming of the Righteous One; of whom ye have now become betrayers and murderers;
|
|
53
|
53
|
|
и́же прія́сте зако́нъ устроє́ніємъ А́нгелскимъ и не сохрани́сте.
|
ye who received the law as it was ordained by angels, and kept it not.
|
|
54
|
54
|
|
Слы́шаще же сія́, распыха́хуся сердцы́ свои́ми и скрежета́ху зубы́ на́нь.
|
Now when they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth.
|
|
55
|
55
|
|
Стефа́нъ же сы́й испо́лнь Ду́ха Свя́та, воззрѣ́въ на не́бо, ви́дѣ сла́ву Бо́жію и Іису́са стоя́ща о десну́ю Бо́га,
|
But he, being full of the Holy Spirit, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God,
|
|
56
|
56
|
|
и рече́: се́, ви́жу небеса́ отве́рста и Сы́на Человѣ́ча о десну́ю стоя́ща Бо́га.
|
and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God.
|
|
57
|
57
|
|
Возопи́вше же гла́сомъ ве́ліимъ, затыка́ху у́шы свои́ и устреми́шася єдиноду́шно на́нь,
|
But they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and rushed upon him with one accord;
|
|
58
|
58
|
|
и изве́дше внѣ́ гра́да, ка́меніємъ побива́ху єго́: и свидѣ́теліє [сне́мше] ри́зы своя́ положи́ша при ногу́ ю́ноши нарица́ємаго Са́вла,
|
and they cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their garments at the feet of a young man named Saul.
|
|
59
|
59
|
|
и ка́меніємъ побива́ху Стефа́на, моля́щася и глаго́люща: Го́споди Іису́се, пріими́ ду́хъ мо́й.
|
And they stoned Stephen, calling upon the Lord, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit.
|
|
60
|
60
|
|
Прекло́нь же колѣ́на, возопи́ гла́сомъ ве́ліимъ: Го́споди, не поста́ви и́мъ грѣха́ сего́. И сія́ ре́къ у́спе.
|
And he knelt down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep.
|
|
Глава 8
|
Chapter 8
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Са́влъ же бѣ́ соизволя́я убі́йству єго́. Бы́сть же въ то́й де́нь гоне́ніє ве́ліє на це́рковь Ієрусали́мскую: вси́ же разсѣ́яшася по страна́мъ Іуде́йскимъ и Самарі́йскимъ, кромѣ́ апо́столъ:
|
And Saul was consenting unto his death. And there arose on that day a great persecution against the church which was in Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
погребо́ша же Стефа́на му́жіє благоговѣ́йніи и сотвори́ша пла́чь ве́лій надъ ни́мъ.
|
And devout men buried Stephen, and made great lamentation over him.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Са́влъ же озлобля́ше Це́рковь, въ до́мы входя́, и влачя́ му́жы и жены́, предая́ше въ темни́цу.
|
But Saul laid waste the church, entering into every house, and dragging men and women committed them to prison.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Разсѣ́явшіися же прохожда́ху, благовѣству́юще сло́во.
|
They therefore that were scattered abroad went about preaching the word.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Філі́ппъ же соше́дъ во гра́дъ Самарі́йскій, проповѣ́даше и́мъ Христа́:
|
And Philip went down to a city of Samaria, and proclaimed unto them the Christ.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
внима́ху же наро́ди глаго́лемымъ от Філі́ппа єдиноду́шно, слы́шаще и ви́дяще зна́менія, я́же творя́ше:
|
And the multitudes gave heed with one accord unto the things that were spoken by Philip, when they heard, and saw the signs which he did.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
ду́си бо нечи́стіи от мно́гихъ иму́щихъ я́, вопію́ще гла́сомъ ве́ліимъ, исхожда́ху, мно́зи же разсла́бленніи и хро́міи исцѣли́шася:
|
For from many of those that had unclean spirits, they came out, crying with a loud voice: and many that were palsied, and that were lame, were healed.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
и бы́сть ра́дость ве́лія во гра́дѣ то́мъ.
|
And there was great joy in that city.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Му́жъ же нѣ́кій, и́менемъ Сі́монъ, пре́жде бѣ́ во гра́дѣ волхву́я и удивля́я язы́къ Самарі́йскій, глаго́ля нѣ́коєго бы́ти себе́ вели́ка,
|
But there was a certain man, Simon by name, who beforetime in the city used sorcery, and amazed the people of Samaria, giving out that himself was some great one:
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
єму́же внима́ху вси́ от ма́ла да́же до вели́ка, глаго́люще: се́й є́сть си́ла Бо́жія вели́кая.
|
to whom they gave heed, from the least to the greatest, saying, This man is the great power of God.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Внима́ху же єму́, зане́ дово́лно вре́мя волхвова́ніи удивля́ше и́хъ.
|
And they gave heed to him, because that of long time he had amazed them with his sorceries.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Єгда́ же вѣ́роваша Філі́ппу благовѣству́ющу я́же о Ца́рствіи Бо́жіи и о и́мени Іису́съ Христо́вѣ, креща́хуся му́жіє же и жены́.
|
But when they believed Philip preaching the good tidings concerning the kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Сі́монъ же и са́мъ вѣ́рова и кре́щься бѣ́ пребыва́я у Філі́ппа: ви́дя же си́лы и зна́менія ве́лія быва́єма, ужа́сенъ дивля́шеся.
|
And Simon also himself believed: and being baptized, he continued with Philip; and beholding miracles and signs wrought, he was amazed.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Слы́шавше же и́же во Ієрусали́мѣ апо́столи, я́ко прія́тъ Самарі́а сло́во Бо́жіє, посла́ша къ ни́мъ Петра́ и Іоа́нна,
|
Now when the apostles that were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent unto them Peter and John:
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
и́же соше́дше помоли́шася о ни́хъ, я́ко да пріи́мутъ Ду́ха Свята́го:
|
who, when they were come down, prayed for them, that they might receive the Holy Spirit:
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
єще́ бо ни на єди́наго и́хъ бѣ́ прише́лъ, то́чію креще́ни бя́ху во и́мя Го́спода Іису́са:
|
for as yet it was fallen upon none of them: only they had been baptized into the name of Christ Jesus.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
тогда́ возложи́ша ру́цѣ на ня́, и прія́ша Ду́ха Свята́го.
|
Then laid they their hands on them, and they received the Holy Spirit.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
Ви́дѣвъ же Сі́монъ, я́ко возложе́ніємъ ру́къ апо́столскихъ дає́тся Ду́хъ Святы́й, принесе́ и́мъ сребро́,
|
Now when Simon saw that through the laying on of the apostles’ hands the Holy Spirit was given, he offered them money,
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
глаго́ля: дади́те и мнѣ́ вла́сть сію́, да, на него́же а́ще положу́ ру́цѣ, пріи́метъ Ду́ха Свята́го.
|
saying, Give me also this power, that on whomsoever I lay my hands, he may receive the Holy Spirit.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Пе́тръ же рече́ къ нему́: сребро́ твоє́ съ тобо́ю да бу́детъ въ поги́бель, я́ко да́ръ Бо́жій непщева́лъ єси́ сребро́мъ стяжа́ти:
|
But Peter said unto him, Thy silver perish with thee, because thou hast thought to obtain the gift of God with money.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
нѣ́сть ти́ ча́сти ни жре́бія въ словеси́ се́мъ, и́бо се́рдце твоє́ нѣ́сть пра́во предъ Бо́гомъ:
|
Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter: for thy heart is not right before God.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
пока́йся у́бо о зло́бѣ твоє́й се́й и моли́ся Бо́гу, а́ще у́бо отпу́стится ти́ помышле́ніє се́рдца твоєго́:
|
Repent therefore of this thy wickedness, and pray God, if perhaps the thought of thy heart shall be forgiven thee.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
въ же́лчи бо го́рести и сою́зѣ непра́вды зрю́ тя́ су́ща.
|
For I see that thou art in the gall of bitterness and in the bond of iniquity.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Отвѣща́въ же Сі́монъ рече́: помоли́теся вы́ о мнѣ́ ко Го́споду, я́ко да ничто́же си́хъ на́йдетъ на мя́, я́же реко́сте.
|
And Simon answered and said, Pray ye for me to the Lord, that none of the things which ye have spoken come upon me.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Они́ же у́бо, засвидѣ́телствовавше и глаго́лавше сло́во Госпо́дне, возврати́шася во Ієрусали́мъ и мно́гимъ ве́семъ Самарі́йскимъ благовѣсти́ша.
|
They therefore, when they had testified and spoken the word of the Lord, returned to Jerusalem, and preached the gospel to many villages of the Samaritans.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
А́нгелъ же Госпо́день рече́ къ Філі́ппу, глаго́ля: воста́ни и иди́ на полу́дне, на пу́ть сходя́щій от Ієрусали́ма въ Га́зу: и то́й є́сть пу́стъ.
|
But an angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza: the same is desert.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
И воста́въ по́йде: и се́, му́жъ Му́рінъ, євну́хъ си́ленъ Кандакі́и цари́цы Му́рінскія, и́же бѣ́ надъ всѣ́ми сокро́вищи єя́, и́же пріи́де поклони́тися во Ієрусали́мъ:
|
And he arose and went: and behold, a man of Ethiopia, a eunuch of great authority under Candace, the queen of the Ethiopians, who was over all her treasure, who had come to Jerusalem to worship;
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
бѣ́ же возвраща́яся, и сѣдя́ на колесни́цѣ своє́й, чтя́ше проро́ка Иса́ію.
|
and he was returning and sitting in his chariot, and was reading the prophet Isaiah.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Рече́ же Ду́хъ къ Філі́ппу: приступи́ и прилѣпи́ся колесни́цѣ се́й.
|
And the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
Прите́къ же Філі́ппъ услы́ша єго́ чту́ща проро́ка Иса́ію и рече́: у́бо разумѣ́єши ли, я́же чте́ши?
|
And Philip ran to him, and heard him reading the prophet Isaiah, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest?
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
О́нъ же рече́: ка́ко у́бо могу́ [разумѣ́ти], а́ще не кто́ наста́витъ мя́? Умоли́ же Філі́ппа, да возше́дъ ся́детъ съ ни́мъ.
|
And he said, How can I, except someone shall guide me? And he besought Philip to come up and sit with him.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
Сло́во же Писа́нія, є́же чтя́ше, бѣ́ сіє́: я́ко овча́ на заколе́ніє веде́ся, и я́ко а́гнецъ пря́мо стригу́щему єго́ безгла́сенъ, та́ко не отверза́єтъ у́стъ Свои́хъ:
|
Now the passage of the scripture which he was reading was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; And as a lamb before his shearer is dumb, So he openeth not his mouth:
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
во смире́ніи Єго́ су́дъ Єго́ взя́тся, ро́дъ же Єго́ кто́ исповѣ́сть? Я́ко взе́млется от земли́ живо́тъ Єго́.
|
In his humiliation his judgment was taken away: And who shall declare his generation? For his life is taken from the earth.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
Отвѣща́въ же ка́женикъ къ Філі́ппу, рече́: молю́ тя, о ко́мъ проро́къ глаго́летъ сіє́? О себѣ́ ли, или́ о инѣ́мъ нѣ́коємъ?
|
And the eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this? of himself, or of some other?
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
Отве́рзъ же Філі́ппъ уста́ своя́ и наче́нъ от Писа́нія сего́, благовѣсти́ єму́ Іису́са.
|
And Philip opened his mouth, and beginning from this scripture, preached unto him Jesus.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
Я́коже идя́ху путе́мъ, пріидо́ша на нѣ́кую во́ду, и рече́ ка́женикъ: се́, вода́: что́ возбраня́єтъ ми́ крести́тися?
|
And as they went on the way, they came unto a certain water; and the eunuch saith, Behold, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized?
|
|
37
|
38
|
|
Рече́ же єму́ Філі́ппъ: а́ще вѣ́руєши от всего́ се́рдца твоєго́, мо́щно ти́ є́сть. Отвѣща́въ же рече́: вѣ́рую Сы́на Бо́жія бы́ти Іису́са Христа́.
|
And he commanded the chariot to stand still: and they both went down into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him.
|
|
38
|
39
|
|
И повелѣ́ ста́ти колесни́цѣ: и снидо́ста о́ба на во́ду, Філі́ппъ же и ка́женикъ: и крести́ єго́.
|
And when they came up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip; and the eunuch saw him no more, for he went on his way rejoicing.
|
|
39
|
40
|
|
Єгда́ же изыдо́ста от воды́, Ду́хъ Святы́й нападе́ на ка́женика: А́нгелъ же Госпо́день восхи́ти Філі́ппа, и не ви́дѣ єго́ ктому́ ка́женикъ, идя́ше бо въ пу́ть сво́й ра́дуяся.
|
But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached the gospel to all the cities, till he came to Caesarea.
|
|
40
|
|
|
Філі́ппъ же обрѣ́теся во Азо́тѣ и проходя́ благовѣствова́ше градо́мъ всѣ́мъ, до́ндеже пріити́ єму́ въ Кесарі́ю.
|
|
|
Глава 9
|
Chapter 9
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Са́влъ же, єще́ дыха́я преще́ніємъ и убі́йствомъ на ученики́ Госпо́дни, присту́пль ко архієре́ю,
|
But Saul, yet breathing threatening and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest,
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
испроси́ от него́ посла́нія въ Дама́скъ къ собо́рищемъ, я́ко да а́ще нѣ́кія обря́щетъ того́ пути́ су́щыя, му́жы же и жены́, свя́заны приведе́тъ во Ієрусали́мъ.
|
and asked of him letters to Damascus unto the synagogues, that if he found any that were of the Way, whether men or women, he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Внегда́ же ити́, бы́сть єму́ прибли́житися къ Дама́ску, и внеза́пу облиста́ єго́ свѣ́тъ от небесе́:
|
And as he journeyed, it came to pass that he drew nigh unto Damascus: and suddenly there shone round about him a light from heaven:
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
и па́дъ на зе́млю, слы́ша гла́съ глаго́лющь єму́: Са́вле, Са́вле, что́ Мя го́ниши?
|
and he fell upon the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me?
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Рече́ же: кто́ єси́, Го́споди? Госпо́дь же рече́: А́зъ є́смь Іису́съ, Єго́же ты́ го́ниши: же́стоко ти́ є́сть проти́ву рожну́ пра́ти.
|
And he said, Who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest:
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Трепе́щя же и ужаса́яся глаго́ла: Го́споди, что́ мя хо́щеши твори́ти? И Госпо́дь рече́ къ нему́: воста́ни и вни́ди во гра́дъ, и рече́тся ти́, что́ ти подоба́єтъ твори́ти.
|
but rise, and enter into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Му́жіє же иду́щіи съ ни́мъ стоя́ху чудя́щеся, гла́съ у́бо слы́шаще, но ни кого́же ви́дяще.
|
And the men that journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing the voice, but beholding no man.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Воста́ же Са́влъ от земли́ и отве́рстыма очи́ма свои́ма ни єди́наго ви́дяше: веду́ще же єго́ за ру́ку, введо́ша въ Дама́скъ:
|
And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man; and they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
и бѣ́ дни́ три́ не ви́дя, и ни яде́, ниже́ пія́ше.
|
And he was three days without sight, and did neither eat nor drink.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Бѣ́ же нѣ́кто учени́къ въ Дама́сцѣ, и́менемъ Ана́ніа, и рече́ къ нему́ Госпо́дь въ видѣ́ніи: Ана́ніє. О́нъ же рече́: се́, а́зъ, Го́споди.
|
Now there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and the Lord said unto him in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Госпо́дь же къ нему́: воста́въ поиди́ на сто́гну нарица́ємую Пра́вую и взыщи́ въ дому́ Іу́довѣ Са́вла и́менемъ, Та́рсянина: се́ бо, моли́тву дѣ́єтъ
|
And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go to the street which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for one named Saul, a man of Tarsus: for behold, he prayeth;
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
и ви́дѣ въ видѣ́ніи му́жа, и́менемъ Ана́нію, вше́дша и возло́жша на́нь ру́ку, я́ко да про́зритъ.
|
and he hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and laying his hand on him, that he might receive his sight.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Отвѣща́ же Ана́ніа: Го́споди, слы́шахъ от мно́гихъ о му́жи се́мъ, коли́ка зла́ сотвори́ святы́мъ Твои́мъ во Ієрусали́мѣ:
|
But Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard from many of this man, how much evil he did to thy saints at Jerusalem:
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
и здѣ́ и́мать вла́сть от архієре́й связа́ти вся́ нарица́ющыя и́мя Твоє́.
|
and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call upon thy name.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Рече́ же къ нему́ Госпо́дь: иди́, я́ко сосу́дъ избра́нъ Ми́ є́сть се́й, пронести́ и́мя Моє́ предъ язы́ки и царьми́ и сынми́ Ізра́илевыми:
|
But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel:
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
А́зъ бо скажу́ єму́, єли́ка подоба́єтъ єму́ о и́мени Моє́мъ пострада́ти.
|
for I will show him how many things he must suffer for my name’s sake.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
По́йде же Ана́ніа и вни́де въ хра́мину, и возло́жь на́нь ру́цѣ, рече́: Са́вле бра́те, Госпо́дь Іису́съ явле́йтися на пути́, и́мже ше́лъ єси́, посла́ мя, я́ко да про́зриши и испо́лнишися Ду́ха Свя́та.
|
And Ananias departed, and entered into the house; and laying his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, who appeared unto thee in the way which thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mayest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Spirit.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
И а́біє отпадо́ша от о́чію єго́ я́ко чешуя́: прозрѣ́ же а́біє, и воста́въ крести́ся,
|
And straightaway there fell from his eyes as it were scales, and he received his sight; and he arose and was baptized;
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
и пріє́мь пи́щу, укрѣпи́ся. [] Бы́сть же Са́влъ съ су́щими въ Дама́сцѣ ученика́ми дни́ нѣ́кія:
|
and he took food and regained his strength. And Saul was certain days with the disciples that were at Damascus.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
и а́біє на со́нмищихъ проповѣ́даше Іису́са, я́ко Се́й є́сть Сы́нъ Бо́жій.
|
And straightaway in the synagogues he proclaimed the Christ, that he is the Son of God.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Дивля́хуся же вси́ слы́шащіи и глаго́лаху: не се́й ли є́сть гони́вый во Ієрусали́мѣ нарица́ющыя и́мя сіє́, и здѣ́ на сіє́ пріи́де, да свя́заны ты́я приведе́тъ ко архієре́ємъ?
|
And all that heard him were amazed, and said, Is not this he that in Jerusalem made havoc of them that called on this name, and came hither for this intent, that he might bring them bound before the chief priests.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Са́влъ же па́че крѣпля́шеся и смуща́ше Іуде́и живу́щыя въ Дама́сцѣ, препира́я, я́ко Се́й є́сть Христо́съ.
|
But Saul increased the more in strength, and confounded the Jews that dwelt at Damascus, proving that this is the Christ.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Я́коже испо́лнишася дні́є дово́лни, совѣща́ша Іуде́є уби́ти єго́,
|
And when many days were fulfilled, the Jews took counsel together to kill him:
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
увѣ́данъ же бы́сть Са́влу совѣ́тъ и́хъ: стрежа́ху же вра́тъ де́нь и но́щь, я́ко да убію́тъ єго́:
|
but their plot became known to Saul. And they watched the gates both day and night that they might kill him:
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
поє́мше же єго́ ученицы́ но́щію, свѣ́сиша по стѣнѣ́ въ ко́шницѣ.
|
but the disciples took him by night, and let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Прише́дъ же Са́влъ во Ієрусали́мъ, покуша́шеся прилѣпля́тися ученико́мъ: и вси́ боя́хуся єго́, не вѣ́рующе, я́ко є́сть учени́къ.
|
And when Saul was come to Jerusalem, he assayed to join himself to the disciples: and they were all afraid of him, not believing that he was a disciple.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
Варна́ва же пріє́мь єго́, приведе́ ко апо́столомъ и повѣ́да и́мъ, ка́ко на пути́ ви́дѣ Го́спода, и я́ко глаго́ла єму́, и ка́ко въ Дама́сцѣ дерза́ше о и́мени Іису́совѣ.
|
But Barnabas took him, and brought him to the apostles, and declared unto them how he had seen the Lord in the way, and that he had spoken to him, and how at Damascus he had preached boldly in the name of Jesus.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
И бя́ше съ ни́ми входя́ и исходя́ во Ієрусали́мѣ и дерза́я о и́мени Го́спода Іису́са.
|
And he was with them going into Jerusalem, and preaching boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus:
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Глаго́лаше же и стяза́шеся съ Є́ллины: они́ же иска́ху уби́ти єго́.
|
and he spake and disputed against the Grecian Jews; but they were seeking to kill him.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
Разумѣ́вше же бра́тія, сведо́ша єго́ въ Кесарі́ю и отпусти́ша єго́ въ Та́рсъ.
|
And when the brethren knew it, they brought him down to Caesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus.
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
Це́ркви же по все́й Іуде́и и Галіле́и и Самарі́и имѣ́яху ми́ръ, созида́ющяся и ходя́щя въ стра́сѣ Госпо́дни, и утѣше́ніємъ Свята́го Ду́ха умножа́хуся.
|
So the churches throughout all Judea and Galilee and Samaria had peace, being edified; and, walking in the fear of the Lord and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit, were multiplied.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
И бы́сть Петру́, посѣща́ющу всѣ́хъ, сни́ти и ко святы́мъ живу́щымъ въ Ли́ддѣ:
|
And it came to pass, as Peter went throughout all parts, he came down also to the saints that dwelt at Lydda.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
обрѣ́те же та́мо человѣ́ка нѣ́коєго, и́менемъ Єне́а, от осми́ лѣ́тъ лежа́ща на одрѣ́, и́же бѣ́ разсла́бленъ.
|
And there he found a certain man named Aeneas, who had kept his bed eight years; for he was palsied.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
И рече́ єму́ Пе́тръ: Єне́є, исцѣля́єтъ тя́ Іису́съ Христо́съ: воста́ни съ посте́ли твоєя́. И а́біє воста́:
|
And Peter said unto him, Aeneas, Jesus the Christ healeth thee: arise, and make thy bed. And straightaway he arose.
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
и ви́дѣша єго́ вси́ живу́щіи въ Ли́ддѣ и во Ассаро́нѣ, и́же обрати́шася ко Го́споду.
|
And all that dwelt at Lydda and in Sharon saw him, and they turned to the Lord.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
Во Іоппі́и же бѣ́ нѣ́кая учени́ца, и́менемъ Таві́ѳа, я́же сказа́єма глаго́лется се́рна: сія́ бя́ше испо́лнена благи́хъ дѣ́лъ и ми́лостынь, я́же творя́ше.
|
Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha, which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
Бы́сть же во дни́ ты́я, болѣ́вшей є́й умре́ти: омы́вше же ю́, положи́ша въ го́рницѣ.
|
And it came to pass in those days, that she fell sick, and died: and when they had washed her, they laid her in an upper chamber.
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
Бли́зъ же су́щей Ли́ддѣ Іоппі́и, ученицы́ слы́шавше, я́ко Пе́тръ є́сть въ не́й, посла́ша два́ му́жа къ нему́, моля́ще єго́ не облѣни́тися пріити́ до ни́хъ.
|
And as Lydda was nigh unto Joppa, the disciples, hearing that Peter was there, sent unto him, entreating him that he would not delay to come to them.
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
Воста́въ же Пе́тръ и́де съ ни́ма: єго́же прише́дша возведо́ша въ го́рницу, и предста́ша єму́ вся́ вдови́цы пла́чущя и показу́ющя ри́зы и оде́жды, єли́ка творя́ше, съ ни́ми су́щи, Се́рна.
|
And Peter arose and went with them. And when he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and showing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them.
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
Изгна́въ же во́нъ вся́ Пе́тръ, прекло́нь колѣ́на помоли́ся, и обра́щься къ тѣ́лу, рече́: Таві́ѳо, воста́ни. Она́ же отве́рзе о́чи свои́, и ви́дѣвши Петра́, сѣ́де.
|
But Peter put them all forth, knelt down, and prayed; and turning to the body, he said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her eyes; and when she saw Peter, she sat up.
|
|
41
|
41
|
|
Пода́въ же є́й ру́ку, воздви́же ю́, и призва́въ святы́я и вдови́цы, поста́ви ю́ жи́ву.
|
And he gave her his hand, and raised her up; and calling the saints and widows, he presented her alive.
|
|
42
|
42
|
|
Увѣ́дано же бы́сть се́ по все́й Іоппі́и, и мно́зи вѣ́роваша въ Го́спода.
|
And it became known throughout all Joppa: and many believed on the Lord.
|
|
43
|
43
|
|
Бы́сть же дни́ дово́лны пребы́ти єму́ во Іоппі́и у нѣ́коєго Сі́мона усмаря́.
|
And it came to pass, that he abode many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner.
|
|
Глава 10
|
Chapter 10
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Му́жъ же нѣ́кій бѣ́ въ Кесарі́и, и́менемъ Корни́лій, со́тникъ от спі́ры нарица́ющіяся Італі́йскія,
|
Now there was a certain man in Caesarea, Cornelius by name, a centurion of the band called the Italian band,
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
благоговѣ́инъ и боя́йся Бо́га со всѣ́мъ до́момъ свои́мъ, творя́й ми́лостыни мно́ги лю́демъ и моля́йся Бо́гу всегда́:
|
a devout man, and one that feared God with all his house, who also gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God always.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
ви́дѣ въ видѣ́ніи я́вѣ, я́ко въ ча́съ девя́тый дне́, А́нгела Бо́жія сше́дша къ нему́ и ре́кша єму́: Корни́ліє.
|
He saw in a vision openly, about the ninth hour of the day, an angel of God coming in unto him, and saying to him, Cornelius.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
О́нъ же воззрѣ́въ на́нь и пристра́шенъ бы́въ рече́: что́ є́сть, Го́споди? Рече́ же єму́: моли́твы твоя́ и ми́лостыни твоя́ взыдо́ша на па́мять предъ Бо́га:
|
And he, fastening his eyes upon him, and being affrighted, said, What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are gone up for a memorial before God.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
и ны́нѣ посли́ во Іоппі́ю муже́й и призови́ Сі́мона, нарица́ємаго Петра́:
|
And now send men to Joppa, and fetch Simon, who is surnamed Peter:
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
се́й стра́нствуєтъ у нѣ́коєго Сі́мона усмаря́, єму́же є́сть до́мъ при мо́ри: то́й рече́тъ тебѣ́ глаго́лы, въ ни́хже спасе́шися ты́ и ве́сь до́мъ тво́й.
|
he lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the seaside.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
И я́коже отъи́де А́нгелъ глаго́ляй Корни́лію, пригласи́въ два́ от рабо́въ свои́хъ и во́ина благочести́ва от служа́щихъ єму́
|
And when the angel that spake unto Cornelius was departed, he called two of his household servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually;
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
и сказа́въ и́мъ вся́, посла́ и́хъ во Іоппі́ю.
|
and having rehearsed all things unto them, he sent them to Joppa.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Воу́тріє же, путьше́ствующымъ и́мъ и ко гра́ду приближа́ющымся, взы́де Пе́тръ на го́рницу помоли́тися, о часѣ́ шестѣ́мъ.
|
Now on the morrow, as they were on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray, about the sixth hour:
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Бы́сть же пріа́лченъ и хотя́ше вкуси́ти: гото́вящымъ же о́нѣмъ, нападе́ на́нь у́жасъ,
|
and he became hungry, and desired to eat: but while they made ready, a trance fell upon him;
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
и ви́дѣ не́бо отве́рсто и сходя́щъ на́нь сосу́дъ нѣ́кій, я́ко плащани́цу ве́лію, по четы́ремъ кра́ємъ привя́занъ и ни́зу спуща́ємь на зе́млю,
|
and he beholdeth the heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it were a great sheet, bound at the four corners, and let down upon the earth:
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
въ не́мже бя́ху вся́ четвероно́гая земли́ и звѣ́ріє и га́ди и пти́цы небе́сныя.
|
wherein were all manner of four-footed beasts of the earth and wild beasts and creeping things and birds of the heaven.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
И бы́сть гла́съ къ нему́: воста́въ, Пе́тре, заколи́ и я́ждь.
|
And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill and eat.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Пе́тръ же рече́: ника́коже, Го́споди, я́ко николи́же ядо́хъ вся́ко скве́рно или́ нечи́сто.
|
But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
И [се́] гла́съ па́ки къ нему́ втори́цею: я́же Бо́гъ очи́стилъ є́сть, ты́ не скверни́.
|
And a voice came unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, make not thou common.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Сі́є же бы́сть три́щи: и па́ки взя́ся сосу́дъ на не́бо.
|
And this was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Я́коже въ себѣ́ недоумѣва́шеся Пе́тръ, что́ бы бы́ло видѣ́ніє, є́же ви́дѣ, и се́, му́жіє по́сланніи от Корни́ліа, вопро́шше и увѣ́дѣвше до́мъ Сі́моновъ, ста́ша предъ враты́
|
Now while Peter was much perplexed in himself what the vision which he had seen might mean, then, behold, the men that were sent from Cornelius, having made inquiry for Simon’s house, stood before the gate,
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
и возгла́шше вопроша́ху, а́ще Сі́монъ, нарица́ємый Пе́тръ, здѣ́ стра́нствуєтъ.
|
and called and asked whether Simon, who was surnamed Peter, were lodging there.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
Петру́ же размышля́ющу о видѣ́ніи, рече́ єму́ Ду́хъ: се́, му́жіє тріє́ и́щутъ тебе́:
|
And while Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit said unto him, Behold, men are seeking thee.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
но воста́въ сни́ди и иди́ съ ни́ми, ничто́же разсужда́я: зане́ А́зъ посла́хъ и́хъ.
|
But arise, and get thee down, and go with them, nothing doubting: for I have sent them.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Соше́дъ же Пе́тръ къ муже́мъ по́сланнымъ къ нему́ от Корни́ліа, рече́: се́, а́зъ є́смь, єго́же и́щете: ка́я є́сть вина́, єя́же ра́ди пріидо́сте?
|
And Peter went down to the men, and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek: what is the cause wherefore ye are come?
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Они́ же реко́ша: Корни́лій со́тникъ, му́жъ пра́веденъ и боя́йся Бо́га, свидѣ́телствованъ от всего́ язы́ка Іуде́йска, увѣще́нъ є́сть от А́нгела свя́та призва́ти тя́ въ до́мъ сво́й и слы́шати глаго́лы от тебе́.
|
And they said, Cornelius a centurion, a righteous man and one that feareth God, and well reported of by all the nation of the Jews, was warned of God by a holy angel to send for thee into his house, and to hear words from thee.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Призва́въ же и́хъ учреди́: нау́тріє же Пе́тръ воста́въ и́де съ ни́ми, и нѣ́цыи от бра́тій, и́же от Іоппі́и, идо́ша съ ни́мъ:
|
So he called them in and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went forth with them, and certain of the brethren from Joppa accompanied him.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
и нау́тріє внидо́ша въ Кесарі́ю. Корни́лій же бѣ́ ча́я и́хъ, созва́въ сро́дники своя́ и любе́зныя дру́ги.
|
And on the morrow they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius was waiting for them, having called together his kinsmen and his near friends.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Я́коже бы́сть вни́ти Петру́, срѣ́те єго́ Корни́лій, и па́дъ на ногу́ єго́ поклони́ся.
|
And when it came to pass that Peter entered, Cornelius met him, and fell down at his feet, and worshiped him.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Пе́тръ же воздви́же єго́, глаго́ля: воста́ни: и а́зъ са́мъ человѣ́къ є́смь.
|
But Peter raised him up, saying, Stand up; I myself also am a man.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
И съ ни́мъ бесѣ́дуя, вни́де и обрѣ́те собра́вшыяся мно́ги:
|
And as he talked with him, he went in, and findeth many come together:
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
рече́ же къ ни́мъ: вы́ вѣ́сте, я́ко не лѣ́по є́сть му́жу Іуде́анину прилѣпля́тися или́ приходи́ти ко иноплеме́ннику: и мнѣ́ Бо́гъ показа́ ни єди́наго скве́рна или́ нечи́ста глаго́лати человѣ́ка:
|
and he said unto them, Ye yourselves know how it is an unlawful thing for a man that is a Jew to join himself or come unto one of another nation; and yet unto me hath God shown that I should not call any man common or unclean:
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
тѣ́мже и безъ сумнѣ́нія пріидо́хъ призва́нъ: вопроша́ю вы́ у́бо, коєя́ ра́ди вины́ посла́сте по мене́?
|
wherefore also I came without gainsaying, when I was sent for. I ask therefore with what intent ye sent for me.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
И Корни́лій рече́: от четве́ртаго дне́ да́же до сего́ часа́ бѣ́хъ постя́ся и въ девя́тый ча́съ моля́ся въ дому́ моє́мъ: и се́, му́жъ ста́ предо мно́ю во оде́жди свѣ́тлѣ
|
And Cornelius said, Four days ago, I was fasting until this hour; and I was keeping the ninth hour of prayer in my house; and behold, a man stood before me in bright apparel,
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
и рече́: Корни́ліє, услы́шана бы́сть моли́тва твоя́, и ми́лостыни твоя́ помяну́шася предъ Бо́гомъ:
|
and saith, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thine alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
посли́ у́бо во Іоппі́ю и призови́ Сі́мона, и́же нарица́єтся Пе́тръ: се́й стра́нствуєтъ въ дому́ Сі́мона усмаря́ бли́зъ мо́ря: и́же прише́дъ возглаго́летъ тебѣ́.
|
Send therefore to Joppa, and call unto thee Simon, who is surnamed Peter; he lodgeth in the house of Simon a tanner, by the seaside: who, when he cometh, shall speak unto thee.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
А́біє у́бо посла́хъ къ тебѣ́, ты́ же до́брѣ сотвори́лъ єси́ прише́дъ: ны́нѣ у́бо вси́ мы́ предъ Бо́гомъ предстои́мъ слы́шати вся́ повелѣ́нная тебѣ́ от Бо́га.
|
Forthwith therefore I sent to thee; and thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore we are all here present in the sight of God, to hear all things that have been commanded thee of God.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
Отве́рзъ же Пе́тръ уста́, рече́: пои́стиннѣ разумѣва́ю, я́ко не на лица́ зри́тъ Бо́гъ,
|
And Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons:
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
но во вся́цѣмъ язы́цѣ боя́йся Єго́ и дѣ́лаяй пра́вду прія́тенъ Єму́ є́сть:
|
but in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is acceptable to him.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
сло́во, є́же посла́ сыно́мъ Ізра́илевымъ, благовѣству́я ми́ръ Іису́съ Христо́мъ: Се́й є́сть всѣ́мъ Госпо́дь:
|
The word which he sent unto the children of Israel, preaching good tidings of peace by Jesus Christ (he is Lord of all)—
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
вы́ вѣ́сте глаго́лъ бы́вшій по все́й Іуде́и, наче́ншійся от Галіле́и, по креще́ніи, є́же проповѣ́да Іоа́ннъ:
|
that saying ye yourselves know, which was published throughout all Judea, beginning from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached;
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
Іису́са, И́же от Назаре́та, я́ко пома́за Єго́ Бо́гъ Ду́хомъ Святы́мъ и си́лою, И́же про́йде благода́телствуя и исцѣля́я вся́ наси́лованныя от діа́вола, я́ко Бо́гъ бя́ше съ Ни́мъ:
|
even Jesus of Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with him.
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
и мы́ єсмы́ свидѣ́теле всѣ́хъ, я́же сотвори́ во странѣ́ Іуде́йстѣй и во Ієрусали́мѣ: Єго́же и уби́ша, повѣ́шше на дре́вѣ.
|
And we are witnesses of all things which he did both in the country of the Jews, and in Jerusalem; whom also they slew, hanging him on a tree.
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
Сего́ Бо́гъ воскреси́ въ тре́тій де́нь и даде́ Єму́ явле́ну бы́ти,
|
Him God raised up the third day, and gave him to be made manifest,
|
|
41
|
41
|
|
не всѣ́мъ лю́демъ, но на́мъ свидѣ́телемъ преднарече́ннымъ от Бо́га, и́же съ Ни́мъ ядо́хомъ и пи́хомъ, по воскресе́ніи Єго́ от ме́ртвыхъ:
|
not to all the people, but unto witnesses that were chosen before of God, even to us, who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead.
|
|
42
|
42
|
|
и повелѣ́ на́мъ проповѣ́дати лю́демъ и засвидѣ́телствовати, я́ко То́й є́сть нарѣче́нный от Бо́га Судія́ живы́мъ и ме́ртвымъ:
|
And he charged us to preach unto the people, and to testify that this is he who is ordained of God to be the Judge of the living and the dead.
|
|
43
|
43
|
|
о Се́мъ вси́ проро́цы свидѣ́телствуютъ, оставле́ніє грѣхо́въ прія́ти и́менемъ Єго́ вся́кому вѣ́рующему въ О́нь.
|
To him bear all the prophets witness, that through his name everyone that believeth on him shall receive remission of sins.
|
|
44
|
44
|
|
Єще́ же глаго́лющу Петру́ глаго́лы сія́, нападе́ Ду́хъ Святы́й на вся́ слы́шащыя сло́во.
|
While Peter yet spake these words, the Holy Spirit fell on all them that heard the word.
|
|
45
|
45
|
|
И ужасо́шася и́же от обрѣ́занія вѣ́рніи, єли́цы пріидо́ша съ Петро́мъ, я́ко и на язы́ки да́ръ Свята́го Ду́ха излія́ся:
|
And they of the circumcision that believed were amazed, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Spirit.
|
|
46
|
46
|
|
слы́шаху бо и́хъ глаго́лющихъ язы́ки и велича́ющихъ Бо́га. Тогда́ отвѣща́ Пе́тръ:
|
For they heard them speak with tongues, and magnify God. Then answered Peter,
|
|
47
|
47
|
|
єда́ во́ду возбрани́ти мо́жетъ кто́, є́же не крести́тися си́мъ, и́же Ду́хъ Святы́й прія́ша, я́коже и мы́?
|
Can any man forbid the water, that these should not be baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as well as we?
|
|
48
|
48
|
|
Повелѣ́ же и́мъ крести́тися во и́мя Іису́съ Христо́во. Тогда́ моли́ша єго́ пребы́ти у ни́хъ дни́ нѣ́кія.
|
And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days.
|
|
Глава 11
|
Chapter 11
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Слы́шаша же апо́столи и бра́тія су́щіи во Іуде́и, я́ко и язы́цы прія́ша сло́во Бо́жіє.
|
Now the apostles and the brethren that were in Judea heard that the Gentiles also had received the word of God.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
И єгда́ взы́де Пе́тръ во Ієрусали́мъ, препира́хуся съ ни́мъ и́же от обрѣ́занія,
|
And when Peter was come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the circumcision contended with him,
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
глаго́люще, я́ко къ муже́мъ обрѣ́занія не иму́щымъ вше́лъ єси́ и я́лъ єси́ съ ни́ми.
|
saying, Thou wentest in to men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Наче́нъ же Пе́тръ, ска́зоваше и́мъ поря́ду, глаго́ля:
|
But Peter began, and expounded the matter unto them in order, saying,
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
а́зъ бѣ́хъ во гра́дѣ Іоппі́йстѣмъ моля́ся и ви́дѣхъ во у́жасѣ видѣ́ніє, сходя́щь сосу́дъ нѣ́кій, я́ко плащани́цу ве́лію, от четы́рехъ кра́євъ низпуща́єму съ небесе́, и пріи́де да́же до мене́:
|
I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision, a certain vessel descending, as it were a great sheet let down from heaven by four corners; and it came even unto me:
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
въ ню́же воззрѣ́въ смотря́хъ, и ви́дѣхъ четвероно́гая земна́я и звѣ́ри и га́ды и пти́цы небе́сныя.
|
upon which when I had fastened mine eyes, I considered, and saw the four-footed beasts of the earth and wild beasts and creeping things and birds of the heaven.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Слы́шахъ же гла́съ глаго́лющь мнѣ́: воста́въ, Пе́тре, заколи́ и я́ждь.
|
And I heard a voice saying unto me, Rise, Peter; kill and eat.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Рѣ́хъ же: ника́коже, Го́споди, я́ко вся́ко скве́рно или́ нечи́сто николи́же вни́де во уста́ моя́.
|
But I said, Not so, Lord: for nothing common or unclean hath ever entered into my mouth.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Отвѣща́ же ми́ гла́съ втори́цею съ небесе́ глаго́лющь: я́же Бо́гъ очи́стилъ є́сть, ты́ не скверни́.
|
But a voice answered me the second time out of heaven, What God hath cleansed, make not thou common.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Сіє́ же бы́сть три́жды: и па́ки взя́шася вся́ на не́бо.
|
And this was done thrice: and all were drawn up again into heaven.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
И се́, а́біє тріє́ му́жіє ста́ша предъ хра́миною, въ не́йже бѣ́хъ, по́слани от Кесарі́и ко мнѣ́.
|
And behold, forthwith three men stood before the house in which I was, having been sent from Caesarea unto me.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Рече́ же ми́ Ду́хъ ити́ съ ни́ми, ничто́же разсужда́я: пріидо́ша же со мно́ю и ше́сть бра́тія сі́и, и внидо́хомъ въ до́мъ му́жа.
|
And the Spirit bade me go with them, making no distinction. And these six brethren also accompanied me; and we entered into the man’s house:
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
И возвѣсти́ на́мъ, ка́ко ви́дѣ А́нгела [свя́та] въ дому́ своє́мъ, ста́вша и ре́кша єму́: посли́ во Іоппі́ю му́жы и призови́ Сі́мона, нарица́ємаго Петра́,
|
and he told us how he had seen the angel standing in his house, and saying unto him, Send men to Joppa, and fetch Simon, whose surname is Peter;
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
и́же рече́тъ глаго́лы къ тебѣ́, въ ни́хже спасе́шися ты́ и ве́сь до́мъ тво́й.
|
who shall speak unto thee words, whereby thou shalt be saved, thou and all thy house.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Внегда́ же нача́хъ глаго́лати, нападе́ Ду́хъ Святы́й на ни́хъ, я́коже и на ны́ въ нача́лѣ.
|
And as I began to speak, the Holy Spirit fell on them, even as on us at the beginning.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Помяну́хъ же глаго́лъ Госпо́день, я́коже глаго́лаше: Іоа́ннъ у́бо крести́лъ є́сть водо́ю, вы́ же и́мате крести́тися Ду́хомъ Святы́мъ.
|
And I remembered the word of the Lord, how he said, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
А́ще у́бо ра́венъ да́ръ даде́ и́мъ Бо́гъ, я́коже и на́мъ вѣ́ровавшымъ въ Го́спода на́шего Іису́са Христа́, а́зъ же кто́ бѣ́хъ могі́й возбрани́ти Бо́га?
|
If then God gave unto them the like gift as he did also unto us, when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, then who was I, that I could withstand God?
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
Слы́шавше же сія́ умолко́ша и сла́вляху Бо́га, глаго́люще: у́бо и язы́комъ Бо́гъ покая́ніє даде́ въ живо́тъ.
|
And when they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then to the Gentiles also hath God granted repentance unto life.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
Разсѣ́явшіися у́бо от ско́рби, бы́вшія при Стефа́нѣ, проидо́ша да́же до Фінікі́и и Ки́пра и Антіохі́и, ни єди́ному же глаго́люще сло́во, то́кмо Іуде́ємъ.
|
They therefore that were scattered abroad upon the tribulation that arose about Stephen traveled as far as Phoenicia, and Cyprus, and Antioch, speaking the word to none save only to Jews.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Бя́ху же нѣ́цыи от ни́хъ му́жіє Ки́прстіи и Киріне́йстіи, и́же, вше́дше во Антіохі́ю, глаго́лаху къ Є́ллиномъ, благовѣству́юще Го́спода Іису́са.
|
But there were some of them, men of Cyprus and Cyrene, who, when they were come to Antioch, spake unto the Grecian Jews, preaching the Lord Jesus.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
И бѣ́ рука́ Госпо́дня съ ни́ми: мно́гоє же число́ вѣ́ровавше обрати́шася ко Го́споду.
|
And the hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed, and turned unto the Lord.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Слы́шано же бы́сть сло́во о ни́хъ во у́шію це́ркве су́щія во Ієрусали́мѣ, и посла́ша Варна́ву преити́ да́же до Антіохі́и:
|
And the report concerning them came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas, that he should go as far as Antioch:
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
и́же прише́дъ и ви́дѣвъ благода́ть Бо́жію, возра́довася и моля́ше всѣ́хъ изволе́ніємъ се́рдца терпѣ́ти о Го́сподѣ:
|
who, when he was come, and had seen the grace of God, was glad; and he exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart they would cleave unto the Lord:
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
я́ко бѣ́ му́жъ бла́гъ и испо́лнь Ду́ха Свя́та и вѣ́ры. И приложи́ся наро́дъ мно́гъ Го́сподеви.
|
for he was a good man, and full of the Holy Spirit and of faith: and much people was added unto the Lord.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Изы́де же Варна́ва въ Та́рсъ взыска́ти Са́вла, и обрѣ́тъ єго́, приведе́ єго́ во Антіохі́ю:
|
And Barnabas went forth to Tarsus to seek for Saul;
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
бы́сть же и́мъ лѣ́то цѣ́ло собира́тися въ це́ркви и учи́ти наро́дъ мно́гъ, нарещи́ же пре́жде во Антіохі́и ученики́ Христіа́ны.
|
and when he had found him, he brought him unto Antioch. And it came to pass, that for a whole year they were gathered together with the church, and taught much people; and that the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
Въ ты́я же дни́ снидо́ша от Ієрусали́ма проро́цы во Антіохі́ю:
|
Now in these days there came down prophets from Jerusalem unto Antioch.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
воста́въ же єди́нъ от ни́хъ, и́менемъ Ага́въ, назна́менаше Ду́хомъ гла́дъ вели́къ хотя́щь бы́ти по все́й вселе́ннѣй, и́же и бы́сть при Клавді́и ке́сари:
|
And there stood up one of them named Agabus, and signified by the Spirit that there should be a great famine over all the world: which also came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
от учени́къ же, по єли́ку кто́ имѣ́яше что́, изво́лиша кі́йждо и́хъ на слу́жбу посла́ти живу́щымъ во Іуде́и бра́тіямъ,
|
And the disciples, every man according to his ability, determined to send relief unto the brethren that dwelt in Judea:
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
є́же и сотвори́ша, посла́вше къ ста́рцемъ руко́ю Варна́влею и Са́влею.
|
which also they did, sending it to the elders by the hand of Barnabas and Saul.
|
|
Глава 12
|
Chapter 12
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Во о́но же вре́мя возложи́ И́родъ ца́рь ру́цѣ озло́бити нѣ́кія и́же от це́ркве,
|
Now about that time Herod the king put forth his hands to afflict certain of the church.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
уби́ же Іа́кова, бра́та Іоа́ннова, мече́мъ:
|
And he killed James the brother of John with the sword.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
и ви́дѣвъ, я́ко го́дѣ є́сть Іуде́ємъ, приложи́ я́ти и Петра́: бя́ху же дні́є опрѣсно́чніи:
|
And when he saw that it pleased the Jews, he proceeded to seize Peter also. And those were the days of unleavened bread.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
єго́же и є́мь всади́ въ темни́цу, преда́въ четы́ремъ четвери́цамъ во́иновъ стрещи́ єго́, хотя́ по Па́сцѣ извести́ єго́ къ лю́демъ.
|
And when he had taken him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quaternions of soldiers to guard him; intending after the Passover to bring him forth to the people.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
И у́бо Петра́ стрежа́ху въ темни́цѣ: моли́тва же бѣ́ прилѣ́жна быва́ємая от це́ркве къ Бо́гу о не́мъ.
|
Peter therefore was kept in the prison: but earnest prayer was made of the church unto God for him.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Єгда́ же хотя́ше єго́ извести́ И́родъ, въ нощи́ то́й бѣ́ Пе́тръ спя́ между́ двѣма́ во́инома, свя́занъ [желѣ́знома] у́жема двѣма́, стра́жіє же предъ две́рьми стрежа́ху темни́цы.
|
And when Herod was about to bring him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and guards before the door kept the prison.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
И се́, А́нгелъ Госпо́день предста́, и свѣ́тъ возсія́ въ хра́минѣ: толкну́въ же въ ре́бра Петра́, воздви́же єго́, глаго́ля: воста́ни вско́рѣ. И спадо́ша єму́ у́жя [желѣ́зная] съ руку́.
|
And behold, an angel of the Lord stood by him, and a light shined in the cell: and he smote Peter on the side, and awoke him, saying, Rise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Рече́ же А́нгелъ къ нему́: препоя́шися и вступи́ въ плесни́цы твоя́. Сотвори́ же та́ко. И глаго́ла єму́: облецы́ся въ ри́зу твою́ и послѣ́дствуй ми́.
|
And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals. And he did so. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
И изше́дъ вслѣ́дъ єго́ идя́ше и не вѣ́даше, я́ко и́стина є́сть бы́вшеє от А́нгела, мня́ше же видѣ́ніє зрѣ́ти.
|
And he went out, and followed him; and he knew not that it was true which was done by the angel, but thought he saw a vision.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Проше́дша же пе́рвую стра́жу и втору́ю, пріидо́ста ко врато́мъ желѣ́знымъ, вводя́щымъ во гра́дъ, я́же о себѣ́ отверзо́шася и́ма: и изше́дша преидо́ста сто́гну єди́ну, и а́біє отступи́ А́нгелъ от него́.
|
And when they were past the first and the second guard, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth into the city; which opened to them of its own accord: and they went out, and passed on through one street; and straightaway the angel departed from him.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
И Пе́тръ бы́въ въ себѣ́, рече́: ны́нѣ вѣ́мъ вои́стинну, я́ко посла́ Бо́гъ А́нгела Своєго́ и изъя́тъ мя́ изъ руки́ И́родовы и от всего́ ча́янія люді́й Іуде́йскихъ.
|
And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a truth, that the Lord hath sent forth his angel and delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Смотри́въ же пріи́де въ до́мъ Марі́и ма́тере Іоа́нна, нарица́ємаго Ма́рка, идѣ́же бя́ху мно́зи со́брани и моля́щеся.
|
And when he had considered the thing, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together and were praying.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Толкну́вшу же Петру́ во врата́ двора́, приступи́ слы́шати отрокови́ца, и́менемъ Ро́ди,
|
And when Peter knocked at the door of the gate, a maid came to answer, named Rhoda.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
и позна́вши гла́съ Петро́въ, от ра́дости не отве́рзе вра́тъ, прите́кши же сказа́ Петра́ стоя́ща предъ враты́.
|
And when she knew Peter’s voice, she opened not the gate for joy, but ran in, and told that Peter stood before the gate.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Они́ же къ не́й рѣ́ша: бѣсну́єшися ли? Она́ же крѣпля́шеся та́ко бы́ти. Они́ же глаго́лаху: А́нгелъ єго́ є́сть.
|
And they said unto her, Thou art mad. But she confidently affirmed that it was even so. And they said, It is his angel.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Пе́тръ же пребыва́ше толкі́й: отве́рзше же ви́дѣша єго́ и ужасо́шася.
|
But Peter continued knocking: and when they had opened, they saw him, and were amazed.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Помаа́въ же и́мъ руко́ю молча́ти, сказа́ и́мъ, ка́ко Госпо́дь єго́ изведе́ изъ темни́цы: рече́ же: возвѣсти́те Іа́кову и бра́тіямъ сія́. И изше́дъ и́де во и́но мѣ́сто.
|
But he, beckoning unto them with the hand to hold their peace, declared unto them how the Lord had brought him forth out of the prison. And he said, Tell these things unto James, and to the brethren. And he departed, and went to another place.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
Бы́вшу же дню́, бѣ́ молва́ не ма́ла въ во́инѣхъ, что́ у́бо Петру́ бы́сть:
|
Now as soon as it was day, there was no small stir among the soldiers, what was become of Peter.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
И́родъ же, поиска́въ єго́ и не обрѣ́тъ и истяза́въ стра́жы, повелѣ́ отвести́ и́хъ: и изше́дъ от Іуде́и въ Кесарі́ю, живя́ше.
|
And when Herod had sought for him, and found him not, he examined the guards, and commanded that they should be put to death. And he went down from Judea to Caesarea, and tarried there.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Бѣ́ же И́родъ гнѣ́ваяся на Ти́ряны и Сідо́няны: и́же єдиноду́шно пріидо́ша къ нему́, и умоли́вше Вла́ста посте́льника царе́ва, проша́ху ми́ра, поне́же страны́ и́хъ от ца́рства єго́ пита́хуся.
|
Now Herod was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon: and they came with one accord to him, and, having made Blastus the king’s chamberlain their friend, they asked for peace, because their country was fed from the king’s country.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Въ нарѣче́нный же де́нь И́родъ, обо́лкся во оде́жду ца́рску и сѣ́дъ на суди́ще предъ наро́домъ, глаго́лаше къ ни́мъ,
|
And upon a set day Herod arrayed himself in royal apparel, and sat on the throne, and made an oration unto them.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
наро́дъ же возглаша́ше: гла́съ Бо́жій, а не человѣ́чь.
|
And the people shouted, saying, The voice of a god, and not of a man.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Внеза́пу же порази́ єго́ А́нгелъ Госпо́день, зане́ не даде́ сла́вы Бо́гу: и бы́въ червьми́ изъяде́нъ, и́здше.
|
And immediately an angel of the Lord smote him, because he gave not glory to God: and he was eaten of worms, and gave up the ghost.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Сло́во же Бо́жіє растя́ше и мно́жашеся.
|
But the word of God grew and multiplied.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Варна́ва же и Са́влъ возврати́стася изъ Ієрусали́ма во Антіохі́ю, испо́лнивша слу́жбу, поє́мша съ собо́ю и Іоа́нна, нарица́ємаго Ма́рка.
|
And Barnabas and Saul returned to Jerusalem, when they had fulfilled their ministration, taking also with them John whose surname was Mark.
|
|
Глава 13
|
Chapter 13
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Бя́ху же нѣ́цыи во це́ркви су́щей во Антіохі́и проро́цы и учи́теліє: Варна́ва же и Симео́нъ нарица́ємый Ні́геръ, и Лукі́й Кирине́анинъ, и Манаи́лъ со И́родомъ четвертовла́стникомъ воспита́нный, и Са́влъ.
|
Now there were at Antioch, in the church that was there, certain prophets and teachers: Barnabas, and Simeon that was called Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen the foster-brother of Herod the tetrarch, and Saul.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Служа́щымъ же и́мъ Го́сподеви и постя́щымся, рече́ Ду́хъ Святы́й: отдѣли́те Ми́ Варна́ву и Са́вла на дѣ́ло, на не́же призва́хъ и́хъ.
|
And as they ministered to the Lord, and fasted, the Holy Spirit said, Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work whereunto I have called them.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Тогда́ пости́вшеся и помоли́вшеся и возло́жше ру́ки на ня́, отпусти́ша и́хъ.
|
Then, when they had fasted and prayed and laid their hands on them, they sent them away.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Сія́ у́бо, по́слана бы́вша от Ду́ха Свя́та, снидо́ста въ Селевкі́ю, отту́ду же отплы́ста въ Ки́пръ,
|
So they, being sent forth by the Holy Spirit, went down to Seleucia; and from thence they sailed to Cyprus.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
и бы́вша въ Саламі́нѣ, возвѣща́ста сло́во Бо́жіє въ со́нмищихъ Іуде́йскихъ: имѣ́яста же и Іоа́нна слугу́.
|
And when they were at Salamis, they proclaimed the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John as their attendant.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Проше́дша же о́стровъ да́же до Па́фа, обрѣто́ста нѣ́коєго му́жа волхва́ лжепроро́ка Іуде́анина, єму́же и́мя Варіису́съ,
|
And when they had gone through the island unto Paphos, they found a certain sorcerer, a false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Bar-Jesus;
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
и́же бѣ́ со анѳипа́томъ Се́ргіємъ Па́вломъ, му́жемъ разу́мнымъ. Се́й призва́въ Варна́ву и Са́вла, взыска́ услы́шати сло́во Бо́жіє:
|
who was with the proconsul, Sergius Paulus, a man of understanding. The same called unto him Barnabas and Saul, and sought to hear the word of God.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
сопротивля́шеся же и́ма Єли́ма во́лхвъ, та́ко бо сказу́єтся и́мя єго́, искі́й разврати́ти анѳипа́та от вѣ́ры.
|
But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretation) withstood them, seeking to turn aside the proconsul from the faith.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Са́влъ же, и́же и Па́велъ, испо́лнися Ду́ха Свя́та, и воззрѣ́въ на́нь,
|
But Saul, who is also called Paul, filled with the Holy Spirit, and fastening his eyes on him,
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
рече́: о, испо́лненне вся́кія льсти́ и вся́кія зло́бы, сы́не діа́воль, вра́же вся́кія пра́вды, не преста́неши ли развраща́я пути́ Госпо́дни пра́выя?
|
said, O full of all guile and all villainy, thou son of the devil, thou enemy of all righteousness, wilt thou not cease to pervert the right ways of the Lord?
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
И ны́нѣ, се́, рука́ Госпо́дня на тя́, и бу́деши слѣ́пъ, не ви́дя со́лнца до вре́мене. Внеза́пу же нападе́ на́нь мра́къ и тма́, и осяза́я иска́ше вожда́.
|
And now, behold, the hand of the Lord is upon thee, and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on him a mist and a darkness; and he went about seeking some to lead him by the hand.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Тогда́ ви́дѣвъ анѳипа́тъ бы́вшеє, вѣ́рова, дивя́ся о уче́ніи Госпо́дни.
|
Then the proconsul, when he saw what was done, believed, being astonished at the teaching of the Lord.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Отве́зшеся же от Па́фа Па́велъ и су́щіи съ ни́мъ, пріидо́ша въ Пергі́ю Памфилі́йскую: Іоа́ннъ же, отлучи́вся от ни́хъ, возврати́ся во Ієрусали́мъ.
|
Now Paul and his company set sail from Paphos, and came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departed from them and returned to Jerusalem.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Они́ же, проше́дше от Пергі́и, пріидо́ша во Антіохі́ю Пісіді́йскую, и вше́дше въ со́нмище въ де́нь суббо́тный, сѣдо́ша.
|
But they, passing through from Perga, came to Antioch of Pisidia; and they went into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and sat down.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
По чте́ніи же Зако́на и Проро́къ, посла́ша нача́лницы со́нмища къ ни́мъ, глаго́люще: му́жіє бра́тіє, а́ще є́сть сло́во въ ва́съ утѣше́нія къ лю́демъ, глаго́лите.
|
And after the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent unto them, saying, Brethren, if ye have a word of exhortation for the people, say on.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Воста́въ же Па́велъ и помаа́въ руко́ю, рече́: му́жіє Ізра́илтяне и боя́щіися Бо́га, услы́шите:
|
And Paul stood up, and beckoning with the hand said, Men of Israel, and ye that fear God, hearken:
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Бо́гъ люді́й си́хъ избра́ отцы́ на́шя и лю́ди вознесе́ въ прише́лствіи въ земли́ Єги́петстѣй, и мы́шцею высо́кою изведе́ и́хъ изъ нея́
|
The God of this people chose our fathers, and exalted the people when they sojourned in the land of Egypt, and with a high arm led he them forth out of it.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
и до четы́редесяти лѣ́тъ препита́ и́хъ въ пусты́ни:
|
And for about the time of forty years suffered he their manners in the wilderness.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
и низложи́въ язы́къ се́дмь въ земли́ Ханаа́нстѣй, даде́ и́мъ въ наслѣ́діє зе́млю и́хъ,
|
And when he had destroyed seven nations in the land of Canaan, he gave them their land for an inheritance.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
и по си́хъ, я́ко лѣ́тъ четы́реста и пятьдеся́тъ, даде́ и́мъ судіи́ до Самуи́ла проро́ка:
|
And after these things he gave them judges for about four hundred and fifty years, until Samuel the prophet.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
и отту́ду проси́ша царя́, и даде́ и́мъ Бо́гъ Сау́ла сы́на Кі́сова, му́жа от колѣ́на Веніамі́нова, лѣ́тъ четы́редесять:
|
And afterward they asked for a king: and God gave unto them Saul the son of Kish, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, for the space of forty years.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
и преста́вль єго́, воздви́же и́мъ Дави́да въ царя́, єму́же и рече́ свидѣ́телствовавъ: обрѣто́хъ Дави́да сы́на Ієссе́ова, му́жа по се́рдцу Моєму́, и́же сотвори́тъ вся́ хотѣ́нія Моя́.
|
And when he had removed him, he raised up David to be their king; to whom also he bare witness and said, I have found David the son of Jesse, a man after my heart, who shall do all my will.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
От сего́ сѣ́мене Бо́гъ по обѣтова́нію воздви́же Ізра́илю Спасе́ніє Іису́са,
|
Of this man’s seed hath God according to promise brought unto Israel salvation;
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
проповѣ́давшу Іоа́нну предъ лице́мъ вни́тія Єго́ креще́ніє покая́нія всѣ́мъ лю́демъ Ізра́илевымъ.
|
when John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to Israel.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
И я́коже скончава́ше Іоа́ннъ тече́ніє, глаго́лаше: кого́ мя́ непщу́єте бы́ти? Нѣ́смь а́зъ, но се́, гряде́тъ по мнѣ́, Єму́же нѣ́смь досто́инъ разрѣши́ти реме́нь сапогу́ Єго́.
|
And as John was fulfilling his course, he said, Whom suppose ye that I am? I am not he. But behold, there cometh one after me the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to unloose.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Му́жіє бра́тіє, сы́нове ро́да Авраа́мля, и и́же въ ва́съ боя́щіися Бо́га, ва́мъ сло́во спасе́нія сего́ посла́ся.
|
Brethren, children of the stock of Abraham, and those among you that fear God, to you is the word of this salvation sent.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
Живу́щіи бо во Ієрусали́мѣ и кня́зи и́хъ, сего́ не разумѣ́вше, и гла́сы проро́ческія по вся́ суббо́ты что́мыя, осуди́вше [Єго́], испо́лниша,
|
For they that dwell in Jerusalem, and their rulers, because they knew him not, nor the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath, fulfilled them by condemning him.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
и ни єди́ныя вины́ сме́ртныя обрѣ́тше, проси́ша у Піла́та уби́ти Єго́:
|
And though they found no cause of death in him, yet asked they of Pilate that he should be slain.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
я́коже сконча́ша вся́, я́же о Не́мъ пи́сана, сне́мше съ дре́ва, положи́ша во гро́бѣ.
|
And when they had fulfilled all things that were written of him, they took him down from the tree, and laid him in a tomb.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
Бо́гъ же воскреси́ Єго́ от ме́ртвыхъ:
|
But God raised him from the dead:
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
и́же явля́шеся во дни́ мно́ги совозше́дшымъ съ Ни́мъ от Галіле́и во Ієрусали́мъ, и́же ны́нѣ су́ть свидѣ́теліє Єго́ къ лю́демъ.
|
and he was seen for many days of them that came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are his witnesses unto the people.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
И мы́ ва́мъ благовѣству́ємъ обѣтова́ніє бы́вшеє ко отце́мъ, я́ко сіє́ Бо́гъ испо́лнилъ є́сть на́мъ ча́домъ и́хъ, воздви́гъ Іису́са,
|
And we bring you good tidings of the promise made unto the fathers, that God hath fulfilled the same unto us their children, in that he raised up Jesus;
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
я́коже и во псалмѣ́ вторѣ́мъ пи́сано є́сть: Сы́нъ Мо́й єси́ Ты́, А́зъ дне́сь роди́хъ Тя́.
|
as also it is written in the second psalm, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
А я́коже воскреси́ Єго́ от ме́ртвыхъ, не ктому́ хотя́ща возврати́тися во истлѣ́ніє, си́це рече́: я́ко да́мъ ва́мъ преподо́бная Дави́дова вѣ́рная.
|
And as concerning that he raised him up from the dead, now no more to return to corruption, he hath spoken on this wise, I will give you the holy and sure blessings of David.
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
Тѣ́мже и въ друго́мъ глаго́летъ: не да́си Преподо́бному Твоєму́ ви́дѣти истлѣ́нія.
|
Wherefore he saith also in another psalm, Thou wilt not give thy Holy One to see corruption.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
Дави́дъ бо, своєму́ ро́ду послужи́въ Бо́жіимъ совѣ́томъ, у́спе, и приложи́ся ко отце́мъ свои́мъ, и ви́дѣ истлѣ́ніє:
|
For David, after he had in his own generation served the counsel of God, fell asleep, and was laid unto his fathers, and saw corruption:
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
а Єго́же Бо́гъ воздви́же, не ви́дѣ истлѣ́нія.
|
but he whom God raised up saw no corruption.
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
Вѣ́домо у́бо да бу́детъ ва́мъ, му́жіє бра́тіє, я́ко Єго́ ра́ди ва́мъ оставле́ніє грѣхо́въ проповѣ́даєтся:
|
Be it known unto you therefore, brethren, that through this man is proclaimed unto you remission of sins:
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
и от всѣ́хъ, от ни́хже не возмого́сте въ зако́нѣ Моисе́овѣ оправди́тися, о Се́мъ вся́къ вѣ́руяй оправда́єтся.
|
and by him everyone that believeth is justified from all things, from which ye could not be justified by the law of Moses.
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
Блюди́те у́бо, да не пріи́детъ на ва́съ рѣче́нноє во проро́цѣхъ:
|
Beware therefore, lest that come upon you which is spoken in the prophets:
|
|
41
|
41
|
|
ви́дите, неради́віи, и чуди́теся, и у́зрите и исче́знете: я́ко дѣ́ло А́зъ содѣ́лаю во дни́ ва́шя, єму́же не и́мате вѣ́ровати, а́ще кто́ повѣ́сть ва́мъ.
|
Behold, ye despisers, and wonder, and perish; For I work a work in your days, Which ye shall in no wise believe, if one declare it unto you.
|
|
42
|
42
|
|
Исходя́щымъ же и́мъ от со́нмища Іуде́йска, моля́ху язы́цы въ другу́ю суббо́ту глаго́латися и́мъ глаго́ломъ си́мъ:
|
And as they went out of the synagogue of the Jews, the Gentiles besought that these words might be spoken to them the next sabbath.
|
|
43
|
43
|
|
разше́дшуся же собо́ру, послѣ́доваша мно́зи от Іуде́й и чести́выхъ пришле́цъ Па́влу и Варна́вѣ, и́же, глаго́люща и́мъ, увѣща́ста и́хъ пребыва́ти въ благода́ти Бо́жієй.
|
Now when the synagogue broke up, many of the Jews and of the devout proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas; who, speaking to them, urged them to continue in the grace of God.
|
|
44
|
44
|
|
Во гряду́щую же суббо́ту ма́ло не ве́сь гра́дъ собра́ся послу́шати сло́ва Бо́жія:
|
And the next sabbath almost the whole city was gathered together to hear the word of God.
|
|
45
|
45
|
|
ви́дѣвше же Іуде́є наро́ды, испо́лнишася за́висти и вопреки́ глаго́лаху глаго́лемымъ от Па́вла, сопроти́въ глаго́люще и хуля́ще.
|
But when the Jews saw the multitudes, they were filled with jealousy, and contradicted the things which were said by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming.
|
|
46
|
46
|
|
Дерзну́вша же Па́велъ и Варна́ва реко́ста: ва́мъ бѣ́ лѣ́по пе́рвѣє глаго́лати сло́во Бо́жіє: а поне́же отверго́сте є́ и недосто́йны творите́ са́ми себе́ вѣ́чному животу́, се́, обраща́ємся во язы́ки:
|
And Paul and Barnabas spake out boldly, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first be spoken to you. But seeing ye thrust it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles.
|
|
47
|
47
|
|
та́ко бо заповѣ́да на́мъ Госпо́дь: положи́хъ Тя́ во свѣ́тъ язы́комъ, є́же бы́ти Тебѣ́ во спасе́ніє да́же до послѣ́днихъ земли́.
|
For so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee for a light of the Gentiles, That thou shouldest be for salvation unto the uttermost part of the earth.
|
|
48
|
48
|
|
Слы́шаще же язы́цы ра́довахуся и сла́вляху сло́во Госпо́дне, и вѣ́роваша, єли́цы учине́ни бя́ху въ жи́знь вѣ́чную:
|
And as the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.
|
|
49
|
49
|
|
проноша́шеся же сло́во Госпо́дне по все́й странѣ́.
|
And the word of the Lord was spread abroad throughout all the region.
|
|
50
|
50
|
|
Іуде́є же наусти́ша чести́выя жены́ и благообра́зныя и старѣ́йшины гра́да, и воздвиго́ша гоне́ніє на Па́вла и Варна́ву, и изгна́ша я́ от предѣ́лъ свои́хъ.
|
But the Jews urged on the women that were devout, and the women of honorable estate, and the chief men of the city, and stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and cast them out of their borders.
|
|
51
|
51
|
|
О́на же, отря́сша пра́хъ от но́гъ свои́хъ на ни́хъ, пріидо́ста во Іконі́ю.
|
But they shook off the dust of their feet against them, and came unto Iconium.
|
|
52
|
52
|
|
Ученицы́ же исполня́хуся ра́дости и Ду́ха Свя́та.
|
And the disciples were filled with joy and with the Holy Spirit.
|
|
Глава 14
|
Chapter 14
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Бы́сть же во Іконі́и, вку́пѣ вни́ти и́ма въ со́нмище Іуде́йскоє и глаго́лати та́ко, я́ко вѣ́ровати Іуде́євъ и Є́ллиновъ мно́жеству мно́гу.
|
And it came to pass in Iconium that they entered together into the synagogue of the Jews, and so spake that a great multitude both of Jews and of Greeks believed.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Невѣ́рующіи же Іуде́є воздвиго́ша и озло́биша {къ зло́бѣ подусти́ша} ду́шы язы́ковъ на бра́тію.
|
But the Jews that were disobedient stirred up the souls of the Gentiles, and made them evil affected against the brethren.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Дово́лно же у́бо вре́мя пребы́ста дерза́юща о Го́сподѣ, Свидѣ́телствующемъ сло́ву благода́ти Своєя́ и даю́щемъ зна́менія и чудеса́ бы́ти рука́ма и́хъ.
|
Long time therefore they tarried there speaking boldly in the Lord, who bare witness unto the word of his grace, granting signs and wonders to be done by their hands.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Раздѣли́шажеся мно́жество гра́да, и о́ви у́бо бя́ху со Іуде́и, о́ви же со апо́столы.
|
But the multitude of the city was divided; and part held with the Jews, and part with the apostles.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
И єгда́ бы́сть стремле́ніє язы́комъ же и Іуде́ємъ съ нача́лники и́хъ досади́ти и ка́меніємъ поби́ти и́хъ,
|
And when there was made an onset both of the Gentiles and of the Jews with their rulers, to treat them shamefully and to stone them,
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
увѣ́дѣвша же прибѣго́ста во гра́ды Ликао́нскія, въ Ли́стру и Де́рвію, и во окре́стныя и́хъ,
|
they became aware of it, and fled unto the cities of Lycaonia, Lystra and Derbe, and the region round about:
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
и та́мо бѣ́ста благовѣству́юща.
|
and there they preached the gospel.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
И нѣ́кто му́жъ въ Ли́стрѣхъ не́мощенъ нога́ма сѣдя́ше, хро́мъ от чре́ва ма́тере своєя́ сы́й, и́же николи́же бѣ́ ходи́лъ.
|
And at Lystra there sat a certain man, impotent in his feet, being a cripple from his mother’s womb, who never had walked.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Се́й слы́шаше Па́вла глаго́люща: и́же воззрѣ́въ на́нь и ви́дѣвъ, я́ко вѣ́ру и́мать здра́въ бы́ти,
|
The same heard Paul speaking: who, fastening his eyes upon him, and seeing that he had faith to be made whole,
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
рече́ ве́ліимъ гла́сомъ: тебѣ́ глаго́лю во и́мя Го́спода Іису́са Христа́, вста́ни на ногу́ твоє́ю пра́въ. И а́біє возскочи́ и хожда́ше.
|
said with a loud voice, Stand upright on thy feet. And he leaped up and walked.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Наро́ди же ви́дѣвше, є́же сотвори́ Па́велъ, воздвиго́ша гла́съ сво́й, ликао́нски глаго́люще: бо́зи уподо́бльшеся человѣ́комъ снидо́ша къ на́мъ.
|
And when the multitude saw what Paul had done, they lifted up their voice, saying in the speech of Lycaonia, The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Нарица́ху же у́бо Варна́ву Ді́а, Па́вла же Єрмі́а, поне́же то́й бя́ше нача́лникъ сло́ва.
|
And they called Barnabas, Jupiter; and Paul, Mercury, because he was the chief speaker.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Жре́цъ же Ді́євъ, су́щаго предъ гра́домъ и́хъ, приведе́ юнцы́ и [принесе́] вѣнцы́ предъ врата́, съ наро́ды хотя́ше жре́ти.
|
Then the priest of Jupiter whose temple was before their city, brought oxen and garlands unto the gates, and would have done sacrifice with the multitudes.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Слы́шавша же апо́стола Варна́ва и Па́велъ, растерза́вша ри́зы своя́, вскочи́ста въ наро́дъ, зову́ща и глаго́люща:
|
But when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of it, they rent their garments, and sprang in among the multitude, crying out
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
му́жіє, что́ сія́ творите́? И мы́ подобостра́стна єсма́ ва́мъ человѣ́ка, благовѣству́юща ва́мъ от си́хъ су́єтныхъ обраща́тися къ Бо́гу жи́ву, И́же сотвори́ не́бо и зе́млю и мо́ре и вся́, я́же въ ни́хъ:
|
and saying, Sirs, why do ye these things? We also are men of like passions with you, and bring you good tidings, that ye should turn from these vain things unto the living God, who made the heaven and the earth and the sea, and all that in them is:
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
И́же въ мимоше́дшыя ро́ды оста́вилъ бѣ́ вся́ язы́ки ходи́ти въ путе́хъ и́хъ:
|
who in the generations gone by suffered all the nations to walk in their own ways.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
и у́бо не несвидѣ́телствована Себе́ оста́ви, благотворя́, съ небесе́ на́мъ дожди́ дая́ и времена́ плодоно́сна, исполня́я пи́щею и весе́ліємъ сердца́ на́ша.
|
And yet he left not himself without witness, in that he did good and gave you from heaven rains and fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
И сія́ глаго́люща, єдва́ уста́виста наро́ды не жре́ти и́ма, но отити́ коєму́ждо во своя́ си. Пребыва́ющема же и́ма и уча́щема,
|
And with these sayings scarce restrained they the multitudes from doing sacrifice unto them.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
пріидо́ша от Антіохі́и и Іконі́и нѣ́цыи Іуде́є, и стяза́ющемася и́ма съ дерзнове́ніємъ, наусти́ша наро́ды отступи́ти от нею́, глаго́люще, я́ко ничто́же и́стинно глаго́лета, но все́ лже́та. И наусти́вше наро́ды и ка́меніємъ поби́вше Па́вла, извлеко́ша внѣ́ гра́да, мня́ще єго́ уме́рша.
|
But there came Jews thither from Antioch and Iconium: and having persuaded the multitudes, they stoned Paul, and dragged him out of the city, supposing that he was dead.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
О́крестъ же ста́вшымъ єго́ ученико́мъ, воста́въ вни́де во гра́дъ [] и нау́тріє изы́де съ Варна́вою въ Де́рвію.
|
But as the disciples stood round about him, he rose up, and entered into the city: and on the morrow he went forth with Barnabas to Derbe.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Благовѣствова́вша же гра́ду тому́ и научи́вша мно́ги, возврати́стася въ Ли́стру и Іконі́ю и Антіохі́ю,
|
And when they had preached the gospel to that city, and had made many disciples, they returned to Lystra, and Iconium, and Antioch,
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
утвержда́юща ду́шы ученико́въ, моля́ща пребы́ти въ вѣ́рѣ, и я́ко мно́гими скорбьми́ подоба́єтъ на́мъ вни́ти въ Ца́рствіє Бо́жіє.
|
confirming the souls of the disciples, exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that through many tribulations we must enter into the kingdom of God.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Рукополо́жша же и́мъ пресви́теры на вся́ це́ркви и помоли́вшася съ посто́мъ, преда́ста и́хъ Го́сподеви, въ Него́же увѣ́роваша.
|
And when they had appointed for them elders in every church, and had prayed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom they had believed.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
И проше́дша Пісіді́ю, пріидо́ста въ Памфилі́ю:
|
And they passed through Pisidia, and came to Pamphylia.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
и глаго́лавша въ Пергі́и сло́во Госпо́дне, снидо́ста во Атталі́ю
|
And when they had spoken the word in Perga, they went down to Attalia;
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
и отту́ду отплы́ста во Антіохі́ю, отню́дуже бѣ́ста пре́дана благода́ти Бо́жієй въ дѣ́ло, є́же сконча́ста.
|
and thence they sailed to Antioch, from whence they had been committed to the grace of God for the work which they had fulfilled.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
Прише́дша же и собра́вша це́рковь, сказа́ста, єли́ка сотвори́ Бо́гъ съ ни́ма и я́ко отве́рзе язы́комъ две́рь вѣ́ры:
|
And when they were come, and had gathered the church together, they rehearsed all things that God had done with them, and that he had opened a door of faith unto the Gentiles.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
пребы́ста же та́мо вре́мя не ма́ло со ученики́.
|
And they tarried there no little time with the disciples.
|
|
Глава 15
|
Chapter 15
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
И нѣ́цыи сше́дше от Іуде́и, уча́ху бра́тію, я́ко а́ще не обрѣ́жетеся по обы́чаю Моисе́ову, не мо́жете спасти́ся.
|
And certain men came down from Judea and taught the brethren, saying, Except ye be circumcised after the custom of Moses, ye cannot be saved.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Бы́вшей же ра́спри и стяза́нію не ма́лу Па́влу и Варна́вѣ къ ни́мъ, учини́ша взы́ти Па́влу и Варна́вѣ и нѣ́кимъ други́мъ от ни́хъ ко апо́столомъ и ста́рцемъ во Ієрусали́мъ о вопроше́ніи се́мъ.
|
When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and questioning with them, the brethren appointed that Paul and Barnabas, and certain other of them, should go up to Jerusalem unto the apostles and elders about this question.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Они́ же у́бо, предпо́слани бы́вше от це́ркве, прохожда́ху Фінікі́ю и Самарі́ю, повѣ́дающе обраще́ніє язы́ковъ, и творя́ху ра́дость ве́лію все́й бра́тіи.
|
They therefore, being brought on their way by the church, passed through Phoenicia and Samaria, declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy unto all the brethren.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Прише́дше же во Ієрусали́мъ, прія́ти бы́ша от це́ркве и апо́столъ и ста́рецъ, сказа́ша же, єли́ка сотвори́ Бо́гъ съ ни́ми и я́ко отве́рзе язы́комъ две́рь вѣ́ры.
|
And when they were come to Jerusalem, they were received of the church and the apostles and the elders, and they rehearsed all things that God had done with them.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Воста́ша же нѣ́цыи от є́реси фарісе́йскія вѣ́ровавшіи, глаго́люще, я́ко подоба́єтъ обрѣ́зати и́хъ, завѣщава́ти же блюсти́ зако́нъ Моисе́овъ.
|
But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pharisees who believed, saying, It is needful to circumcise them, and to charge them to keep the law of Moses.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Собра́шася же апо́столи и ста́рцы вѣ́дѣти о словеси́ се́мъ.
|
And the apostles and the elders were gathered together to consider of this matter.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Мно́гу же взыска́нію бы́вшу, воста́въ Пе́тръ рече́ къ ни́мъ: му́жіє бра́тіє, вы́ вѣ́сте, я́ко от дні́й пе́рвыхъ Бо́гъ въ на́съ избра́ усты́ мои́ми услы́шати язы́комъ сло́во Благовѣ́стія и вѣ́ровати:
|
And when there had been much disputing, Peter rose up, and said unto them, Brethren, ye know that a good while ago God made choice among us, that by my mouth the Gentiles should hear the word of the gospel, and believe.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
и Сердцевѣ́децъ Бо́гъ свидѣ́телствова и́мъ, да́въ и́мъ Ду́ха Свята́го, я́коже и на́мъ,
|
And God, who knoweth the heart, bare them witness, giving them the Holy Spirit, even as he did unto us;
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
и ничто́же разсуди́ между́ на́ми же и о́нѣми, вѣ́рою очи́щь сердца́ и́хъ:
|
and he made no distinction between us and them, cleansing their hearts by faith.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
ны́нѣ у́бо что́ искуша́єте Бо́га, [хотя́ще] возложи́ти и́го на вы́и ученико́мъ, єго́же ни отцы́ на́ши, ни мы́ возмого́хомъ понести́?
|
Now therefore why make ye trial of God, that ye should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
но благода́тію Го́спода Іису́са Христа́ вѣ́руємъ спасти́ся, я́коже и они́.
|
But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, in like manner as they.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Умолча́ же все́ мно́жество и послу́шаху Варна́вы и Па́вла повѣ́дающею, єли́ка сотвори́ Бо́гъ зна́менія и чудеса́ во язы́цѣхъ и́ма.
|
And all the multitude kept silence; and they hearkened unto Barnabas and Paul rehearsing what signs and wonders God had wrought among the Gentiles through them.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
По умолча́ніи же єю́, отвѣща́ Іа́ковъ глаго́ля: му́жіє бра́тіє, послу́шайте мене́:
|
And after they had held their peace, James answered, saying, Brethren, hearken unto me:
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Симео́нъ повѣ́да, я́ко пре́жде Бо́гъ посѣти́ прія́ти от язы́къ лю́ди о и́мени Своє́мъ:
|
Simeon hath rehearsed how first God visited the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for his name.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
и сему́ согласу́ютъ словеса́ проро́къ, я́коже пи́шетъ:
|
And to this agree the words of the prophets; as it is written,
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
по си́хъ обращу́ся и сози́жду кро́въ Дави́довъ па́дшій, и раско́паная єго́ сози́жду и испра́влю єго́,
|
After these things I will return, And I will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen; And I will build again the ruins thereof, And I will set it up:
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
я́ко да взы́щутъ про́чіи человѣ́цы Го́спода, и вси́ язы́цы, въ ни́хже нарече́ся и́мя Моє́, глаго́летъ Госпо́дь, творя́й сія́ вся́.
|
That the residue of men may seek after the Lord, And all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, Saith the Lord, who doeth all these things.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
Разу́мна от вѣ́ка су́ть Бо́гови вся́ дѣла́ Єго́.
|
Known unto God from of old are all his works.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
Сего́ ра́ди а́зъ сужду́ не стужа́ти от язы́къ обраща́ющымся къ Бо́гу,
|
Wherefore my judgment is, that we trouble not them that from among the Gentiles turn to God;
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
но заповѣ́дати и́мъ огреба́тися от тре́бъ і́долскихъ и от блуда́ и уда́вленины и от кро́ве, и єли́ка неуго́дна себѣ́ су́ть, ины́мъ не твори́ти.
|
but that we write unto them, that they abstain from the pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and from what is strangled, and from blood.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Моисе́й бо от родо́въ дре́внихъ по всѣ́мъ градо́мъ проповѣ́дающыя єго́ и́мать, въ со́нмищихъ по вся́ суббо́ты что́мый.
|
For Moses from generations of old hath in every city them that preach him, being read in the synagogues every sabbath.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Тогда́ изво́лися апо́столомъ и ста́рцемъ со все́ю це́рковію, избра́вше му́жа от ни́хъ, посла́ти во Антіохі́ю съ Па́вломъ и Варна́вою, Іу́ду нарица́ємаго Варса́ву, и Сі́лу, му́жа наро́чита въ бра́тіи,
|
Then it seemed good to the apostles and the elders, with the whole church, to choose men out of their company, and send them to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely, Judas who was surnamed Barsabbas, and Silas, chief men among the brethren:
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
написа́вше рука́ма и́хъ сія́: апо́столи и ста́рцы и бра́тія, су́щымъ во Антіохі́и и Сирі́и и Кілікі́и бра́тіямъ, и́же от язы́къ, [о Го́сподѣ] ра́доватися.
|
and they wrote thus by them, The apostles and the elders and the brethren, unto the brethren who are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, greeting:
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Поне́же слы́шахомъ, я́ко нѣ́цыи от на́съ изше́дше возмути́ша ва́съ словесы́, развраща́юще ду́шы ва́шя, глаго́люще обрѣ́затися и блюсти́ зако́нъ, и́мже мы́ не завѣща́хомъ:
|
Forasmuch as we have heard that certain who went out from us have troubled you with words, subverting your souls, saying that ye must be circumcised and keep the law; to whom we gave no commandment;
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
изво́лися на́мъ собра́вшымся єдиноду́шно, избра́нныя му́жы посла́ти къ ва́мъ, съ возлю́бленныма на́шима Варна́вою и Па́вломъ,
|
it seemed good unto us, having come to one accord, to send chosen men unto you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul,
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
человѣ́кома преда́вшема ду́шы своя́ о и́мени Го́спода на́шего Іису́са Христа́:
|
men that have hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
посла́хомъ у́бо Іу́ду и Сі́лу, и тѣ́хъ сло́вомъ сказу́ющихъ та́яжде:
|
We have sent therefore Judas and Silas, who themselves also shall tell you the same things by word of mouth.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
изво́лися бо Свято́му Ду́ху и на́мъ, ничто́же мно́жає возложи́ти ва́мъ тяготы́, ра́звѣ ну́ждныхъ си́хъ:
|
For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit, and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things:
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
огреба́тися от ідоложе́ртвенныхъ и кро́ве, и уда́вленины и блуда́: и єли́ка не хо́щете ва́мъ бы́ти, други́мъ не твори́те: от ни́хже соблюда́юще себе́, до́брѣ сотворите́. Здра́вствуйте.
|
that ye abstain from things sacrificed to idols, and from blood, and from what is strangled, and from fornication; from which if ye keep yourselves, it shall be well with you. Fare ye well.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
Они́ же у́бо по́слани бы́вше пріидо́ша во Антіохі́ю, и собра́вше наро́дъ, вда́ша посла́ніє.
|
So they, when they were dismissed, came to Antioch; and having gathered the multitude together, they delivered the epistle.
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
Проче́тше же, возра́довашася о утѣше́ніи.
|
And when they had read it, they rejoiced for the consolation.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
Іу́да же и Сі́ла, и та́ проро́ка су́ща, сло́вомъ мно́зѣмъ утѣ́шиста бра́тію и утверди́ста.
|
And Judas and Silas, being themselves also prophets, exhorted the brethren with many words, and confirmed them.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
Пребы́вша же та́мо вре́мя, отпуще́на бы́ста съ ми́ромъ от бра́тій ко апо́столомъ.
|
And after they had spent some time there, they were dismissed in peace from the brethren unto the apostles.
|
|
34
|
35
|
|
Изво́лися же Сі́лѣ пребы́ти та́мо, Іу́да же возврати́ся во Ієрусали́мъ.
|
But Paul and Barnabas tarried in Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord, with many others also.
|
|
35
|
36
|
|
Па́велъ же и Варна́ва живя́ста во Антіохі́и, уча́ща и благовѣству́юща сло́во Госпо́дне, и со инѣ́ми мно́гими.
|
And after some days Paul said unto Barnabas, Let us return now and visit our brethren in every city wherein we proclaimed the word of the Lord, and see how they fare.
|
|
36
|
37
|
|
По нѣ́кихъ же дне́хъ рече́ Па́велъ къ Варна́вѣ: возвра́щшеся подоба́єтъ посѣти́ти бра́тію на́шу во всѣ́хъ градѣ́хъ, въ ни́хже проповѣ́дахомъ сло́во Госпо́дне, ка́ко пребыва́ютъ.
|
And Barnabas was minded to take with them John, who was called Mark.
|
|
37
|
38
|
|
Варна́ва же восхотѣ́ поя́ти съ собо́ю Іоа́нна нарица́ємаго Ма́рка:
|
But Paul thought not good to take with them him who withdrew from them from Pamphylia, and went not with them to the work.
|
|
38
|
39
|
|
Па́велъ же глаго́лаше отсту́пльшаго от на́ю от Памфилі́и и не ше́дшаго съ на́ма на дѣ́ло, на не́же по́слани бы́хомъ, не поя́ти сего́ съ собо́ю.
|
There arose therefore a sharp contention, so that they parted asunder one from the other, and Barnabas took Mark with him, and sailed away unto Cyprus:
|
|
39
|
40
|
|
Бы́сть у́бо ра́спря, я́ко отлучи́тися и́ма от себе́: Варна́ва у́бо поє́мь Ма́рка отплы́ въ Ки́пръ:
|
but Paul chose Silas, and went forth, being commended by the brethren to the grace of God.
|
|
40
|
41
|
|
Па́велъ же избра́въ Сі́лу изы́де пре́данъ благода́ти Бо́жієй от бра́тій,
|
And he went through Syria and Cilicia, confirming the churches.
|
|
41
|
|
|
прохожда́ше же Сирі́ю и Кілікі́ю, утвержда́я це́ркви.
|
|
|
Глава 16
|
Chapter 16
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Пріи́де же въ Де́рвію и Ли́стру. И се́, учени́къ нѣ́кій бѣ́ ту́, и́менемъ Тімоѳє́й, сы́нъ жены́ нѣ́кія Іуде́аныни вѣ́рны, отца́ же Є́ллина:
|
And he came to Derbe and Lystra: and behold, a certain disciple was there, named Timothy, the son of a certain Jewess that believed; but his father was a Greek.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
и́же свидѣ́телствованъ бѣ́ от су́щихъ въ Ли́стрѣхъ и Іконі́и бра́тіи.
|
The same was well reported of by the brethren that were at Lystra and Iconium.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Сего́ восхотѣ́ Па́велъ съ собо́ю изы́ти: и пріє́мь обрѣ́за єго́, Іуде́й ра́ди су́щихъ на мѣ́стѣхъ о́нѣхъ: вѣ́дяху бо вси́ отца́ єго́, я́ко Є́ллинъ бя́ше.
|
Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and he took and circumcised him because of the Jews that were in those parts: for they all knew that his father was a Greek.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
И я́коже прохожда́ху гра́ды, предая́ше и́мъ храни́ти уста́вы сужде́нныя от апо́столъ и ста́рецъ, и́же во Ієрусали́мѣ.
|
And as they went on their way through the cities, they delivered them the decrees to keep which had been ordained of the apostles and the elders that were at Jerusalem.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Це́ркви же утвержда́хуся вѣ́рою и прибыва́ху въ число́ по вся́ дни́.
|
So the churches were strengthened in the faith, and increased in number daily.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Проше́дше же Фригі́ю и Галаті́йскую страну́, возбране́ни [бы́ша] от Свята́го Ду́ха глаго́лати сло́во во Асі́и.
|
Now when they had gone through Phrygia and the region of Galatia, having been forbidden of the Holy Spirit to speak the word in Asia,
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Прише́дше же въ Мисі́ю, покуша́хуся въ Віѳині́ю поити́: и не оста́ви и́хъ Ду́хъ.
|
and were come over against Mysia, they assayed to go on toward Bithynia; and the Spirit suffered them not;
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Преше́дше же Мисі́ю, снидо́ша въ Троа́ду.
|
and passing by Mysia, they came down to Troas.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
И видѣ́ніє въ нощи́ яви́ся Па́влу: му́жъ нѣ́кій бѣ́ Македо́нянинъ стоя́, моля́ єго́ и глаго́ля: прише́дъ въ Македо́нію, помози́ на́мъ.
|
And a vision appeared to Paul in the night: There was a man of Macedonia standing, beseeching him, and saying, Come over into Macedonia, and help us.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
И я́коже видѣ́ніє ви́дѣ, а́біє взыска́хомъ изы́ти въ Македо́нію, разумѣ́вше, я́ко призва́ ны́ Госпо́дь благовѣсти́ти и́мъ.
|
And when he had seen the vision, straightaway we sought to go forth into Macedonia, concluding that the Lord had called us to preach the gospel unto them.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Отве́зшеся же от Троа́ды, пріидо́хомъ въ Самоѳра́къ, воу́тріє же въ Неапо́ль,
|
Setting sail therefore from Troas, we made a straight course to Samothrace, and the day following to Neapolis;
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
отту́ду же въ Філі́ппы, и́же є́сть пе́рвый гра́дъ ча́сти Македо́ніи, коло́ніа. Бѣ́хомъ же въ то́мъ гра́дѣ пребыва́юще дни́ нѣ́кія.
|
and from thence to Philippi, which is a leading city of that district of Macedonia, a Roman colony: and we were in this city tarrying certain days.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Въ де́нь же суббо́тный изыдо́хомъ во́нъ изъ гра́да при рѣцѣ́, идѣ́же мня́шеся моли́твенница бы́ти, и сѣ́дше глаго́лахомъ къ собра́вшымся жена́мъ.
|
And on the sabbath day we went forth without the city by a riverside, where was wont to be prayer; and we sat down, and spake unto the women that were come together.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
И нѣ́кая жена́, и́менемъ Лиді́а, порфиропрода́лница от гра́да Ѳиаті́рскаго, чту́щи Бо́га, послу́шаше: є́йже Госпо́дь отве́рзе се́рдце внима́ти глаго́лемымъ от Па́вла.
|
And a certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple, of the city of Thyatira, one that worshiped God, heard us: whose heart the Lord opened to give heed unto the things which were spoken by Paul.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Я́коже крести́ся та́ и до́мъ єя́, моля́ше ны́ глаго́лющи: а́ще усмотри́сте мя́ вѣ́рну Го́сподеви бы́ти, вше́дше въ до́мъ мо́й, пребу́дите. И прину́ди на́съ.
|
And when she was baptized, and her household, she besought us, saying, If ye have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come into my house, and abide there. And she constrained us.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Бы́сть же иду́щымъ на́мъ на моли́тву, отрокови́ца нѣ́кая иму́щая ду́хъ пытли́въ срѣ́те на́съ, я́же стяжа́ніє мно́го дая́ше господе́мъ свои́мъ волхву́ющи.
|
And it came to pass, as we were going to prayer, that a certain maid having a spirit of divination met us, who brought her masters much gain by soothsaying.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Та́ послѣ́довавши Па́влу и на́мъ, взыва́ше глаго́лющи: сі́и человѣ́цы раби́ Бо́га Вы́шняго су́ть, и́же возвѣща́ютъ на́мъ пу́ть спасе́нія.
|
The same following after Paul and us cried out, saying, These men are servants of the Most High God, who proclaim unto us the way of salvation.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
Се́ же творя́ше на мно́ги дни́. Стужи́въ же си́ Па́велъ и обра́щься, ду́хови рече́: запреща́ю ти́ и́менемъ Іису́са Христа́, изы́ди изъ нея́. И изы́де въ то́мъ часѣ́.
|
And this she did for many days. But Paul, being sore troubled, turned and said to the spirit, I charge thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And it came out that very hour.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
Ви́дѣвше же госпо́діє єя́, я́ко изы́де наде́жда стяжа́нія и́хъ, поє́мше Па́вла и Сі́лу, влеко́ша на то́ргъ ко князе́мъ,
|
But when her masters saw that the hope of their gain was gone, they laid hold on Paul and Silas, and dragged them into the marketplace before the rulers,
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
и приве́дше и́хъ къ воєво́дамъ, рѣ́ша: сі́и человѣ́цы возмуща́ютъ гра́дъ на́шъ, Іуде́є су́ще,
|
and when they had brought them unto the magistrates, they said, These men, being Jews, do exceedingly trouble our city,
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
и завѣщава́ютъ обы́чаи, я́же не досто́итъ на́мъ пріима́ти ни твори́ти, Ри́мляномъ су́щымъ.
|
and set forth customs which it is not lawful for us to receive, or to observe, being Romans.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
И сни́деся наро́дъ на ни́хъ, и воєво́ды растерза́вше и́ма ри́зы, веля́ху па́лицами би́ти и́хъ:
|
And the multitude rose up together against them: and the magistrates rent their garments off them, and commanded to beat them with rods.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
мно́ги же да́вше и́ма ра́ны, всади́ша въ темни́цу, завѣща́вше темни́чному стра́жу тве́рдо стрещи́ и́хъ:
|
And when they had laid many stripes upon them, they cast them into prison, charging the jailer to keep them safely:
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
и́же таково́ завѣща́ніє пріє́мь, всади́ и́хъ во вну́треннюю темни́цу и но́ги и́хъ заби́ въ кла́дѣ.
|
who, having received such a charge, cast them into the inner prison, and made their feet fast in the stocks.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Въ полу́нощи же Па́велъ и Сі́ла моля́щася поя́ста Бо́га: послу́шаху же и́хъ ю́зницы.
|
But about midnight Paul and Silas were praying and singing hymns unto God, and the prisoners were listening to them;
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Внеза́пу же тру́съ бы́сть ве́лій, я́ко поколеба́тися основа́нію темни́чному: отверзо́шася же а́біє две́ри вся́, и всѣ́мъ ю́зы ослабѣ́ша.
|
and suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison house were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened; and everyone’s bands were loosed.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
Возбу́ждься же темни́чный стра́жъ и ви́дѣвъ отве́рсты две́ри темни́цы, извле́къ но́жъ, хотя́ше себе́ уби́ти, мня́ избѣ́гшя ю́зники.
|
And the jailer, being roused out of sleep and seeing the prison doors open, drew a sword and was about to kill himself, supposing that the prisoners had escaped.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
Возгласи́ же гла́сомъ ве́ліимъ Па́велъ глаго́ля: ничто́же сотвори́ себѣ́ зла́, вси́ бо єсмы́ здѣ́.
|
But Paul cried with a loud voice, saying, Do thyself no harm: for we are all here.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Проси́въ же свѣщи́ вскочи́, и тре́петенъ бы́въ, припаде́ къ Па́влу и Сі́лѣ,
|
And he called for lights and sprang in, and, trembling for fear, fell down before Paul and Silas,
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
и изве́дъ и́хъ во́нъ, рече́: госпо́діє, что́ ми подоба́єтъ твори́ти, да спасу́ся?
|
and brought them out and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved?
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
О́на же реко́ста: вѣ́руй въ Го́спода Іису́са Христа́, и спасе́шися ты́ и ве́сь до́мъ тво́й.
|
And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved, thou and thy house.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
И глаго́ласта єму́ сло́во Госпо́дне, и всѣ́мъ, и́же въ дому́ єго́.
|
And they spake the word of the Lord unto him, and to all that were in his house.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
И поє́мь я́ въ то́йже ча́съ но́щи, измы́ от ра́нъ и крести́ся са́мъ и свои́ єму́ вси́ а́біє:
|
And he took them the same hour of the night, and washed their stripes; and was baptized, he and all his, immediately.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
вве́дъ же я́ въ до́мъ сво́й, поста́ви трапе́зу и возра́довася со всѣ́мъ до́момъ свои́мъ, вѣ́ровавъ Бо́гу.
|
And he brought them up into his house, and set food before them, and rejoiced greatly, with all his house, having believed in God.
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
Дню́ же бы́вшу, посла́ша воєво́ды па́личники, глаго́люще: отпусти́ человѣ́ка о́на.
|
But when it was day, the magistrates sent the sergeants, saying, Let those men go.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
Сказа́ же темни́чный стра́жъ словеса́ сія́ Па́влу, я́ко посла́ша воєво́ды, да отпуще́на бу́дета: ны́нѣ у́бо изше́дша, иди́та съ ми́ромъ.
|
And the jailer reported these words to Paul, saying, The magistrates have sent to let you go: now therefore come forth, and go in peace.
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
Па́велъ же рече́ къ ни́мъ: би́вше на́ю предъ людьми́, неосужде́нна человѣ́ка Ри́млянина су́ща, всади́ша въ темни́цу, и ны́нѣ о́тай изво́дятъ на́ю? Ни́ бо: но да прише́дше са́ми изведу́тъ на́ю.
|
But Paul said unto them, They have beaten us publicly, uncondemned, men that are Romans, and have cast us into prison; and do they now cast us out privily? nay verily; but let them come themselves and bring us out.
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
Сказа́ша же па́личницы воєво́дамъ глаго́лы сія́: и убоя́шася слы́шавше, я́ко Ри́млянина єста́.
|
And the sergeants reported these words unto the magistrates: and they feared when they heard that they were Romans;
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
И прише́дше умоли́ша и́хъ и изве́дше моля́ху изы́ти изъ гра́да.
|
and they came and besought them; and when they had brought them out, they asked them to depart from the city.
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
Изше́дша же изъ темни́цы пріидо́ста къ Лиді́и, и ви́дѣвша бра́тію, утѣ́шиста и́хъ и изыдо́ста.
|
And they went out of the prison, and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brethren, they comforted them, and departed.
|
|
Глава 17
|
Chapter 17
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Преше́дша же Амфіпо́ль и Аполло́нію, внидо́ста въ Солу́нь, идѣ́же бѣ́ со́нмище Іуде́йскоє.
|
Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a synagogue of the Jews:
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
По обы́чаю же своєму́ Па́велъ вни́де къ ни́мъ и по суббо́ты три́ стяза́шеся съ ни́ми от Писа́ній,
|
and Paul, as his custom was, went in unto them, and for three sabbath days reasoned with them from the scriptures,
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
сказу́я и предлага́я и́мъ, я́ко Христу́ подоба́ше пострада́ти и воскре́снути от ме́ртвыхъ, и я́ко Се́й Іису́съ, Єго́же а́зъ проповѣ́дую ва́мъ, є́сть Христо́съ.
|
opening and alleging that it behooved the Christ to suffer, and to rise again from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom, said he, I proclaim unto you, is the Christ.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
И нѣ́цыи от ни́хъ вѣ́роваша и приложи́шася къ Па́влу и Сі́лѣ, от чести́выхъ Є́ллинъ мно́жество мно́го и от же́нъ благоро́дныхъ не ма́ло.
|
And some of them were persuaded, and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief women not a few.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Возревнова́вше же непоко́ршіися Іуде́є и пріє́мше крамо́лники нѣ́кія му́жы злы́я, и собра́вше наро́дъ, мо́лвяху по гра́ду: наше́дше же на до́мъ Іассо́новъ, иска́ху и́хъ извести́ къ наро́ду.
|
But the Jews that were disobedient took unto them certain vile fellows of the rabble, and gathering a crowd, set the city on an uproar; and assaulting the house of Jason, they sought to bring them to the people.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Не обрѣ́тше же и́хъ, влеча́ху Іассо́на и нѣ́кія от бра́тій ко градонача́лникомъ, вопію́ще, я́ко, и́же разврати́ша вселе́нную, сі́и и здѣ́ пріидо́ша,
|
And when they found them not, they dragged Jason and certain brethren before the rulers of the city, crying, These that have turned the world upside down are come hither also;
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
и́хже прія́тъ Іассо́нъ: и сі́и вси́ проти́вно велѣ́ніємъ ке́саревымъ творя́тъ, царя́ глаго́люще ино́го бы́ти, Іису́са.
|
whom Jason hath received: and these all act contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Смято́ша же наро́дъ и градонача́лники слы́шащыя сія́:
|
And they troubled the multitude and the rulers of the city, when they heard these things.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
взе́мше же дово́лноє от Іассо́на и от про́чихъ, отпусти́ша и́хъ.
|
And when they had taken security from Jason and the rest, they let them go.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Бра́тія же а́біє въ нощи́ отсла́ша Па́вла и Сі́лу въ Бе́рію: и́же прише́дша, идо́ста въ собо́ръ Іуде́йскій.
|
And the brethren immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night unto Berea: who when they were come thither went into the synagogue of the Jews.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Сі́и же бя́ху благоро́днѣйши живу́щихъ въ Солу́ни, и́же прія́ша сло́во со всѣ́мъ усе́рдіємъ, по вся́ дни́ разсужда́юще Писа́нія, а́ще су́ть сія́ та́ко.
|
Now these were more noble than those in Thessalonica, in that they received the word with all readiness of mind, examining the scriptures daily, whether these things were so.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Мно́зи у́бо от ни́хъ вѣ́роваша, и от Є́ллинскихъ же́нъ благообра́зныхъ и муже́й не ма́ло.
|
Many of them therefore believed; also of the Greek women of honorable estate, and of men, not a few.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
И я́ко увѣ́даша и́же от Солу́ня Іуде́є, я́ко и въ Бе́ріи проповѣ́дася от Па́вла сло́во Бо́жіє, пріидо́ша и та́мо дви́жуще и смуща́юще наро́ды.
|
But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was proclaimed of Paul at Berea also, they came thither likewise, stirring up the multitudes.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
А́біє же тогда́ бра́тія отпусти́ша Па́вла ити́ на помо́ріє: оста́ста же Сі́ла и Тімоѳє́й та́мо.
|
And then immediately the brethren sent forth Paul to go as it were to the sea: but both Silas and Timothy abode there still.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Провожда́ющіи же Па́вла ведо́ша єго́ да́же до Аѳи́нъ, и пріє́мше за́повѣдь къ Сі́лѣ и Тімоѳє́ю, да я́ко скорѣ́є пріи́дутъ къ нему́, изыдо́ша.
|
But they that conducted Paul brought him as far as Athens: and receiving a commandment unto Silas and Timothy that they should come to him with all speed, they departed.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Во Аѳи́нѣхъ же жду́щу и́хъ Па́влу, раздража́шеся ду́хъ єго́ въ не́мъ зря́щемъ і́долъ по́лнъ су́щь гра́дъ.
|
Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was provoked within him as he beheld the city full of idols.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Стяза́шеся же у́бо на со́нмищи со Іуде́и и съ чести́выми, и на то́ржищи по вся́ дни́ съ приключа́ющимися.
|
So he reasoned in the synagogue with the Jews and the devout persons, and in the marketplace every day with them that met him.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
Нѣ́цыи же от єпіку́ръ и от сто́ікъ філосо́фъ стяза́хуся съ ни́мъ: и нѣ́цыи глаго́лаху: что́ у́бо хо́щетъ суєсло́вивый се́й глаго́лати? Ині́и же: чужди́хъ бого́въ мни́тся проповѣ́дникъ бы́ти: я́ко Іису́са и воскресе́ніє благовѣствова́ше и́мъ.
|
And certain also of the Epicurean and the Stoic philosophers encountered him. And some said, What would this babbler say? others, He seemeth to be a setter forth of strange gods: because he preached Jesus and the resurrection.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
[Зач. 40Б.] Поє́мше же єго́, ведо́ша на ареопа́гъ, глаго́люще: мо́жемъ ли разумѣ́ти, что́ но́воє сіє́ глаго́лемоє тобо́ю уче́ніє?
|
And they took hold of him, and brought him unto the Areopagus, saying, May we know what this new teaching is, which is spoken by thee?
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
стра́нна бо нѣ́кая влага́єши во ушеса́ на́ша: хо́щемъ у́бо разумѣ́ти, что́ хотя́тъ сія́ бы́ти?
|
For thou bringest certain strange things to our ears: we would know therefore what these things might mean.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Аѳине́є же вси́ и приходя́щіи стра́нніи ни во что́же и́но упражня́хуся, ра́звѣ глаго́лати что́ или́ слы́шати но́воє.
|
(Now all the Athenians and the strangers sojourning there spent their time in nothing else, but to tell and to hear something new.)
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Ста́въ же Па́велъ посредѣ́ ареопа́га, рече́: му́жіє Аѳине́йстіи, по всему́ зрю́ вы́ а́ки благочести́выя:
|
And Paul stood in the midst of the Areopagus, and said, Ye men of Athens, in all things I perceive that ye are very religious.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
проходя́ бо и согля́дая чествова́нія ва́ша, обрѣто́хъ и ка́пище, на не́мже бѣ́ напи́сано: невѣ́домому Бо́гу. Єго́же у́бо не вѣ́дуще [благолѣ́пнѣ] чтете́, Сего́ а́зъ проповѣ́дую ва́мъ.
|
For as I passed along, and observed the objects of your worship, I found also an altar with this inscription, TO AN UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore ye worship in ignorance, him I set forth unto you.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Бо́гъ сотвори́вый мі́ръ и вся́, я́же въ не́мъ, Се́й небесе́ и земли́ Госпо́дь сы́й, не въ рукотворе́нныхъ хра́мѣхъ живе́тъ,
|
The God that made the world and all things therein, he, being Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands;
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
ни от ру́къ человѣ́ческихъ угожде́нія пріє́млетъ, тре́буя что́, Са́мъ дая́ всѣ́мъ живо́тъ и дыха́ніє и вся́:
|
neither is he served by men’s hands, as though he needed anything, seeing he himself giveth to all life and breath in all things;
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
сотвори́лъ же є́сть от єди́ныя кро́ве ве́сь язы́къ человѣ́чь, жи́ти по всему́ лицу́ земно́му, уста́вивъ предучине́ная времена́ и предѣ́лы селе́нія и́хъ,
|
and he made of one blood every nation of men to dwell on all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed seasons, and the bounds of their habitation;
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
взыска́ти Го́спода, да поне́ ося́жутъ Єго́ и обря́щутъ, я́ко не дале́че от єди́наго коєго́ждо на́съ су́ща:
|
that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him and find him, though he is not far from each one of us:
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
о Не́мъ бо живе́мъ и дви́жемся и єсмы́, я́коже и нѣ́цыи от ва́шихъ кни́жникъ реко́ша: Сего́ бо и ро́дъ єсмы́.
|
for in him we live, and move, and have our being; as certain even of your own poets have said, For we are also his offspring.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Ро́дъ у́бо су́ще Бо́жій, не до́лжни єсмы́ непщева́ти подо́бно бы́ти Божество́ зла́ту, или́ сребру́, или́ ка́меню худо́жнѣ начерта́ну, и смышле́нію человѣ́чу:
|
Being then the offspring of God, we ought not to think that the Godhead is like unto gold, or silver, or stone, graven by art and device of man.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
лѣ́та у́бо невѣ́дѣнія презира́я Бо́гъ, ны́нѣ повелѣва́єтъ человѣ́комъ всѣ́мъ всю́ду пока́ятися:
|
The times of ignorance therefore God overlooked; but now he commandeth all men everywhere to repent:
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
зане́ уста́вилъ є́сть де́нь, въ о́ньже хо́щетъ суди́ти вселе́ннѣй въ пра́вдѣ, о Му́жи, Єго́же предуста́ви, вѣ́ру подая́ всѣ́мъ, воскреси́въ Єго́ от ме́ртвыхъ.
|
because he hath appointed a day in which he will judge the world in righteousness by the man whom he hath ordained; whereof he hath given assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
Слы́шавше же воскресе́ніє ме́ртвыхъ, о́віи у́бо руга́хуся, о́віи же рѣ́ша: да слы́шимъ тя́ па́ки о се́мъ.
|
Now when they heard of the resurrection of the dead, some mocked; but others said, We will hear thee again concerning this.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
И та́ко Па́велъ изы́де от среды́ и́хъ.
|
And so Paul went out from among them.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
Нѣ́цыи же му́жіє прилѣпи́вшеся єму́, вѣ́роваша: въ ни́хже бѣ́ и Діони́сій Ареопагі́тскій, и жена́ и́менемъ Да́марь, и друзі́и съ ни́ми.
|
But certain men clave unto him, and believed: among whom also was Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman named Damaris, and others with them.
|
|
Глава 18
|
Chapter 18
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
По си́хъ же отлучи́вся Па́велъ от Аѳи́нъ, пріи́де въ Корі́нѳъ:
|
And after these things Paul departed from Athens, and came to Corinth.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
и обрѣ́тъ нѣ́коєго Іуде́анина и́менемъ Аки́лу, По́нтянина ро́домъ, но́во прише́дша от Італі́и, и Пріскі́ллу жену́ єго́: зане́ повелѣ́лъ бя́ше Клавді́й отлучи́тися всѣ́мъ Іуде́ємъ от Ри́ма: пріи́де къ ни́мъ,
|
And he found a certain Jew named Aquila, a man of Pontus by race, lately come from Italy, with his wife Priscilla, because Claudius had ordered all the Jews to depart from Rome: and he came unto them;
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
и зане́ єдинохудо́жникомъ бы́ти и́мъ, пребы́сть у ни́хъ и дѣ́лаше: бя́ху бо скинотво́рцы хи́тростію.
|
and because he was of the same trade, he abode with them, and wrought; for by their trade they were tentmakers.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Стяза́шеся же на со́нмищахъ по вся́ суббо́ты и препира́ше Іуде́и и Є́ллины.
|
And he reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath, and persuaded Jews and Greeks.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
И єгда́ снидо́ста от Македо́ніи Сі́ла же и Тімоѳє́й, тужа́ше ду́хомъ Па́велъ, свидѣ́телствуя Іуде́омъ Іису́са бы́ти Христа́.
|
But when Silas and Timothy came down from Macedonia, Paul was constrained by the Spirit, testifying to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Проти́вящымся же и́мъ и ху́лящымъ, отря́съ ри́зы своя́, рече́ къ ни́мъ: кро́вь ва́ша на глава́хъ ва́шихъ: чи́стъ а́зъ, отны́нѣ во язы́ки иду́.
|
And when they opposed themselves and blasphemed, he shook out his raiment and said unto them, Your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
И преше́дъ отту́ду, пріи́де въ до́мъ нѣ́коєго и́менемъ Іу́ста, чту́ща Бо́га, єму́же хра́мина бѣ́ вскра́й со́нмища.
|
And he departed thence, and went into the house of a certain man named Justus, one that worshiped God, whose house joined hard to the synagogue.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Крі́спъ же нача́лникъ собо́ра вѣ́рова Го́сподеви со всѣ́мъ до́момъ свои́мъ, и мно́зи от Корі́нѳянъ слы́шавше вѣ́роваху и креща́хуся.
|
And Crispus, the ruler of the synagogue, believed in the Lord with all his house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed, and were baptized.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Рече́ же Госпо́дь въ видѣ́ніи нощнѣ́мъ Па́влу: не бо́йся, но глаго́ли и да не умо́лкнеши,
|
And the Lord said unto Paul by a vision in the night, Be not afraid, but speak and hold not thy peace:
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
зане́ А́зъ є́смь съ тобо́ю, и никто́же приложи́тъ озло́бити тя́: зане́ лю́діє су́ть Ми́ мно́зи во гра́дѣ се́мъ.
|
for I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to harm thee: for I have much people in this city.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Пребы́сть же та́мо лѣ́то и ме́сяцъ ше́сть, учя́ въ ни́хъ сло́ву Бо́жію.
|
And he dwelt there a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Галліо́ну же анѳипа́ту су́щу во Аха́іи, нападо́ша єдиноду́шно Іуде́є на Па́вла и приведо́ша єго́ на суди́лище,
|
But when Gallio was proconsul of Achaia, the Jews with one accord rose up against Paul and brought him before the judgment seat,
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
глаго́люще, я́ко проти́ву зако́ну се́й увѣщава́єтъ человѣ́ки чти́ти Бо́га.
|
saying, This man persuadeth men to worship God contrary to the law.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Хотя́щу же Па́влу отве́рсти уста́, рече́ Галліо́нъ ко Іуде́ємъ: а́ще у́бо непра́вда была́ бы ка́я или́ дѣ́ло зло́є, о, Іуде́є, по сло́ву послу́шалъ бы́хъ ва́съ:
|
But when Paul was about to open his mouth, Gallio said unto the Jews, If indeed then it were a matter of wrong or of wicked villainy, O ye Jews, reason would that I should bear with you:
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
а́ще ли же стяза́нія су́ть о словеси́ и о и́менѣхъ и о зако́нѣ ва́шемъ, вѣ́дите са́ми: судія́ бо а́зъ си́мъ не хощу́ бы́ти.
|
but if it is a question about words and names and your own law, look to it yourselves; for I am not minded to be a judge of these matters.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
И изгна́ и́хъ от суди́лища.
|
And he drove them from the judgment seat.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Є́мше же вси́ Є́ллини Сосѳє́на нача́лника собо́ра, бія́ху предъ суди́лищемъ: и ни єди́но о си́хъ Галліо́ну радѣ́ніє бы́сть.
|
And all the Greeks laid hold on Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him before the judgment seat. And none of these things was a delay to Gallio.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
Па́велъ же, єще́ пребы́въ дни́ дово́лны и цѣлова́въ бра́тію, отплы́ въ Сирі́ю, и съ ни́мъ Аки́ла и Пріскі́лла, остри́гъ главу́ въ Кегхре́ихъ: обре́кся бо бѣ́.
|
And Paul, having tarried after this yet many days, took his leave of the brethren, and sailed thence for Syria, and with him Priscilla and Aquila: having shorn his head in Cenchreae; for he had a vow.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
Приста́ же во Єфе́сѣ и тѣ́хъ оста́ви та́мо, са́мъ же вше́дъ въ со́нмище, стяза́шеся со Іуде́и.
|
And he came to Ephesus, and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue, and reasoned with the Jews.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Моля́щымъ же и́мъ єго́ на мно́го вре́мя пребы́ти у ни́хъ, не изво́ли,
|
And when they asked him to abide with them a longer time, he consented not;
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
но отрече́ся и́мъ, глаго́ля, я́ко подоба́єтъ ми́ вся́ко пра́здникъ гряду́щій сотвори́ти во Ієрусали́мѣ: па́ки же возвращу́ся къ ва́мъ, Бо́гу хотя́щу. И отвезе́ся от Єфе́са: Аки́ла же и Пріскі́лла оста́ста во Єфе́сѣ.
|
but took his leave of them, saying, I must by all means keep the coming feast at Jerusalem: but I will return again unto you if God will. And he set sail from Ephesus,
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
И соше́дъ въ Кесарі́ю, возше́дъ и цѣлова́въ це́рковь, сни́де во Антіохі́ю,
|
and when he had landed at Caesarea, he went up and saluted the church, and went down to Antioch.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
и сотво́рь вре́мя нѣ́коє, изы́де, проходя́ поря́ду Галаті́йскую страну́ и Фригі́ю, утвержда́я вся́ ученики́.
|
And having spent some time there, he departed, and went through the region of Galatia, and Phrygia, in order, confirming all the disciples.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Іуде́анинъ же нѣ́кто, Аполло́съ и́менемъ, Алекса́ндрянинъ ро́домъ, му́жъ слове́сенъ, пріи́де во Єфе́съ, си́ленъ сы́й въ кни́гахъ.
|
Now a certain Jew named Apollos, an Alexandrian by race, an eloquent man, came to Ephesus; and he was mighty in the scriptures.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Се́й бѣ́ оглаше́нъ пути́ Госпо́дню, и горя́ ду́хомъ, глаго́лаше и уча́ше извѣ́стно я́же о Го́сподѣ, вѣ́дый то́кмо креще́ніє Іоа́нново.
|
This man had been instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in spirit, he spake and taught accurately the things concerning the Lord, knowing only the baptism of John:
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Се́й же нача́тъ дерза́ти на со́нмищихъ. Слы́шавша же єго́ Аки́ла и Пріскі́лла, прія́ста єго́ и извѣ́стнѣє тому́ сказа́ста пу́ть Госпо́день.
|
and he began to speak boldly in the synagogue. But when Aquila and Priscilla heard him, they took him unto them, and expounded unto him the way of God more accurately.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
Хотя́щу же єму́ преити́ во Аха́ію, предпосла́вше бра́тія написа́ша ученико́мъ прія́ти єго́: и́же прише́дъ та́мо посо́бствова мно́го вѣ́ровавшымъ благода́тію:
|
And when he was minded to pass over into Achaia, the brethren encouraged him, and wrote to the disciples to receive him: and when he was come, he helped them much that had believed through grace;
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
тве́рдо бо Іуде́и не престая́ облича́ше предъ людьми́, сказу́я Писа́ньми, Іису́са бы́ти Христа́.
|
for he powerfully confuted the Jews, and that publicly, showing by the scriptures that Jesus was the Christ.
|
|
Глава 19
|
Chapter 19
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Бы́сть же внегда́ бы́ти Аполло́су въ Корі́нѳѣ, Па́велъ, проше́дъ вы́шнія страны́, пріи́де во Єфе́съ, и обрѣ́тъ нѣ́кія ученики́,
|
And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper country came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples,
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
рече́ къ ни́мъ: а́ще у́бо Ду́хъ Свя́тъ прія́ли єсте́ вѣ́ровавше? Они́ же рѣ́ша къ нему́: но ниже́ а́ще Ду́хъ Святы́й є́сть, слы́шахомъ.
|
he said unto them, Did ye receive the Holy Spirit when ye believed? And they said unto him, Nay, we did not so much as hear whether the Holy Spirit was given.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Рече́ же къ ни́мъ: во что́ у́бо крести́стеся? Они́ же реко́ша: во Іоа́нново креще́ніє.
|
And he said unto them, Into what then were ye baptized? And they said, Into John’s baptism.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Рече́ же Па́велъ: Іоа́ннъ у́бо крести́ креще́ніємъ покая́нія, лю́демъ глаго́ля, да во Гряду́щаго по не́мъ вѣ́руютъ, си́рѣчь во Христа́ Іису́са.
|
And Paul said, John indeed baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people that they should believe on him that should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Слы́шавше же крести́шася во и́мя Го́спода Іису́са,
|
And when they heard this, they were baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
и возло́жшу Па́влу на ня́ ру́цѣ, пріи́де Ду́хъ Святы́й на ня́, глаго́лаху же язы́ки и проро́чествоваху.
|
And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Spirit came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Бя́ше же всѣ́хъ муже́й я́ко двана́десять.
|
And they were in all about twelve men.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Вше́дъ же въ со́нмище, дерза́ше, не обину́яся три́ ме́сяцы бесѣ́дуя и увѣря́я, я́же о Ца́рствіи Бо́жіи.
|
And he entered into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, reasoning and persuading as to the things concerning the kingdom of God.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
И єгда́ нѣ́цыи ожесточа́хуся и пря́хуся, злосло́вяще пу́ть Госпо́день предъ наро́домъ, отсту́пль от ни́хъ отлучи́ ученики́, по вся́ дни́ стяза́яся во учи́лищи мучи́теля {власти́теля} нѣ́коєго.
|
But when some were hardened and disobedient, speaking evil of the Way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, reasoning daily in the school of one Tyrannus.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Сіє́ же бы́сть два́ лѣ́та, я́ко всѣ́мъ живу́щымъ во Асі́и слы́шати сло́во Го́спода Іису́са, Жидо́мъ же и Є́ллиномъ.
|
And this continued for the space of two years; so that all they that dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Си́лы же не про́сты творя́ше Бо́гъ рука́ма Па́вловыма,
|
And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
я́ко и на неду́жныя наноси́ти от [по́та] тѣ́ла єго́ главотя́жы и убру́сцы, и исцѣли́тися и́мъ от неду́гъ, и духо́мъ лука́вымъ исходи́ти от ни́хъ.
|
insomuch that unto the sick were brought handkerchiefs or aprons from his body, and the diseases departed from them, and the evil spirits went out from them.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Нача́ша же нѣ́цыи от скита́ющихся Іуде́й заклина́телей именова́ти надъ иму́щими ду́хи лука́выя и́мя Го́спода Іису́са, глаго́люще: заклина́ємъ вы́ Іису́сомъ, Єго́же Па́велъ проповѣ́дуєтъ.
|
But certain of the strolling Jews, exorcists, took upon them to name over them that had the evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Бя́ху же нѣ́цыи сы́нове Ске́вы Іуде́анина архієре́а се́дмь, и́же сіє́ творя́ху.
|
And there were certain men, seven sons of Sceva, a Jew, a chief priest, who did this.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Отвѣща́въ же ду́хъ лука́вый рече́: Іису́са зна́ю и Па́вла свѣ́мъ, вы́ же кто́ єсте́?
|
And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye?
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
И скачя́ на ни́хъ человѣ́къ, въ не́мже бѣ́ ду́хъ лука́вый, и одолѣ́въ и́мъ, укрѣпи́ся на ни́хъ, я́коже наги́мъ и ура́ненымъ избѣжа́ти от хра́ма о́наго.
|
And the man in whom was the evil spirit, leaping upon them and mastering them, prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Сіє́ же бы́сть разу́мно всѣ́мъ живу́щымъ во Єфе́сѣ Іуде́ємъ же и Є́ллиномъ, и нападе́ стра́хъ на всѣ́хъ и́хъ, и велича́шеся и́мя Го́спода Іису́са:
|
And this became known to all, both Jews and Greeks, that dwelt at Ephesus; and fear fell upon them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
мно́зи же от вѣ́ровавшихъ прихожда́ху, исповѣ́дающе и сказу́юще дѣла́ своя́:
|
Many also of them that had believed came, confessing, and declaring their deeds.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
дово́лни же от сотво́ршихъ чародѣя́нія, собра́вше кни́ги своя́, сожига́ху предъ всѣ́ми: и сложи́ша цѣ́ны и́хъ и обрѣто́ша сребра́ пя́ть те́мъ.
|
And not a few of them that practiced magical arts brought their books together and burned them in the sight of all; and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Си́це крѣ́пко сло́во Госпо́дне растя́ше и крѣпля́шеся.
|
So mightily grew the word of the Lord and prevailed.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
И я́коже сконча́шася сія́, положи́ Па́велъ въ ду́сѣ, проше́дъ Македо́нію и Аха́ію, ити́ во Ієрусали́мъ, ре́къ, я́ко бы́вшу ми́ та́мо, подоба́єтъ ми́ и Ри́мъ ви́дѣти.
|
Now after these things were ended, Paul purposed in the spirit, when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, saying, After I have been there, I must also see Rome.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Посла́въ же въ Македо́нію два́ от служа́щихъ єму́, Тімоѳє́а и Єра́ста, са́мъ же пребы́сть вре́мя во Асі́и.
|
And having sent into Macedonia two of them that ministered unto him, Timothy and Erastus, he himself stayed in Asia for a while.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Бы́сть же во вре́мя о́но молва́ не ма́ла о пути́ Госпо́дни:
|
And about that time there arose no small stir concerning the Way.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Дими́трій бо нѣ́кто и́менемъ, среброкова́чь, творя́й хра́мы сре́бряны Артемі́дѣ, подая́ше хитреце́мъ дѣ́ланіє {стяжа́ніє} не ма́ло,
|
For a certain man named Demetrius, a silversmith, who made silver shrines of Diana, brought no little business unto the craftsmen;
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
и́хже собра́въ и и́ны сицевы́хъ веще́й дѣ́латели, рече́: му́жіє, вѣ́сте, я́ко от сего́ дѣ́ланія дово́лство житію́ на́шему є́сть:
|
whom he gathered together, with the workmen of like occupation, and said, Sirs, ye know that by this business we have our wealth.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
и ви́дите и слы́шите, я́ко не то́кмо Єфе́съ, но ма́ло не всю́ Асі́ю Па́велъ се́й препрѣ́въ, обрати́ мно́гъ наро́дъ, глаго́ля, я́ко не су́ть бо́зи, и́же рука́ми человѣ́ческими быва́ютъ:
|
And ye see and hear, that not alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul hath persuaded and turned away much people, saying that they are no gods, that are made with hands:
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
не то́кмо же сія́ бѣду́ пріє́млетъ на́ша ча́сть, є́же бы во обличе́ніє не пріити́, но дабы́ и вели́кія боги́ни Артемі́ды хра́мъ ни во что́же не вмѣни́лся, и́мать же разори́тися и вели́чество єя́, ю́же вся́ Асі́а и вселе́нная почита́єтъ.
|
and not only is there danger that this our trade come into disrepute; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana be made of no account, and that her magnificence should also be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worshipeth.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
Слы́шавше же и бы́вше испо́лнени я́рости, вопія́ху глаго́люще: вели́ка Артемі́да Єфе́сская.
|
And when they heard this they were filled with wrath, and cried out, saying, Great is Diana of the Ephesians.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
И испо́лнися гра́дъ ве́сь мяте́жа: устреми́шася же єдиноду́шно на позо́рище, восхи́щше Га́іа и Аріста́рха Македо́няны, дру́ги {сопу́тники} Па́вловы.
|
And the whole city was filled with the confusion: and they rushed with one accord into the theater, having seized Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul’s companions in travel.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
Па́влу же хотя́щу вни́ти въ наро́дъ, не оставля́ху єго́ ученицы́:
|
And when Paul was minded to enter in unto the people, the disciples suffered him not.
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
нѣ́цыи же от Асі́йскихъ нача́лникъ, су́ще єму́ дру́зи, посла́вше къ нему́, моля́ху не вда́ти себе́ въ позо́ръ.
|
And certain also of the Asiarchs, being his friends, sent unto him and besought him not to adventure himself into the theater.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
Друзі́и же у́бо и́но нѣ́что вопія́ху: бѣ́ бо собра́ніє смуще́но, и мно́жайшіи от ни́хъ не вѣ́дяху, чесо́ ра́ди собра́шася.
|
Some therefore cried one thing, and some another: for the assembly was in confusion; and the more part knew not wherefore they were come together.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
От наро́да же избра́ша Алекса́ндра, изве́дшымъ єго́ Іуде́ємъ. Алекса́ндръ же, помаа́въ руко́ю, хотя́ше отвѣща́ти наро́ду.
|
And they brought Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews having put him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand, and would have made a defense unto the people.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
Разумѣ́вше же, я́ко Іуде́анинъ є́сть, гла́съ бы́сть єди́нъ от всѣ́хъ, я́ко на два́ часа́ вопію́щихъ: вели́ка Артемі́да Єфе́сская.
|
But when they perceived that he was a Jew, all with one voice about the space of two hours cried out, Great is Diana of the Ephesians.
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
Ути́шивъ же кни́жникъ наро́дъ, рече́: му́жіє Єфе́сстіи, кто́ бо є́сть человѣ́къ, и́же не вѣ́сть, я́ко Єфе́сскій гра́дъ служи́тель є́сть вели́кія боги́ни Артемі́ды и Діопе́та?
|
And when the town clerk had quieted the multitude, he saith, Ye men of Ephesus, what man is there who knoweth not that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper of the great goddess Diana, and of the image which fell down from Jupiter?
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
Безъ вся́каго у́бо прекосло́вія си́мъ си́це су́щымъ, потре́бно є́сть ва́мъ безмо́лвнымъ бы́ти и ничто́же безчи́нно твори́ти:
|
Seeing then that these things cannot be gainsaid, ye ought to be quiet, and to do nothing rash.
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
приведо́сте бо муже́й си́хъ, ни хра́мъ [Артемі́динъ] окра́дшихъ, ниже́ боги́ню ва́шу ху́лящихъ:
|
For ye have brought hither these men, who are neither robbers of temples nor blasphemers of your god.
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
а́ще у́бо Дими́трій и и́же съ ни́мъ худо́жницы и́мутъ къ кому́ сло́во, суды́ су́ть и анѳипа́ти су́ть: да поє́млютъ дру́гъ на дру́га:
|
If therefore Demetrius, and the craftsmen that are with him, have a matter against any man, the courts are open, and there are proconsuls: let them accuse one another.
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
а́ще ли же что́ о ины́хъ и́щете, въ зако́ннѣмъ собра́ніи разрѣши́тся:
|
But if ye seek anything about other matters, it shall be settled in the regular assembly.
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
и́бо бѣ́дствуємъ порица́єми бы́ти о крамолѣ́ дне́шней, ни єди́нѣй винѣ́ су́щей, о не́йже возмо́жемъ возда́ти сло́во стремле́нія сего́. И сія́ ре́къ распусти́ собра́вшійся наро́дъ.
|
For indeed we are in danger to be accused concerning this day’s riot, there being no cause for it: and as touching it we shall not be able to give account of this concourse.
|
|
Глава 20
|
Chapter 20
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
По утише́ніи же молвы́, призва́въ Па́велъ ученики́, утѣ́шивъ и цѣлова́въ и́хъ, изы́де ити́ въ Македо́нію.
|
And after the uproar ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and took leave of them, and departed to go into Macedonia.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Проше́дъ же страны́ о́ны и утѣ́шивъ и́хъ сло́вомъ мно́гимъ, пріи́де во Єлла́ду:
|
And when he had gone through those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
пожи́въ же ме́сяцы три́, бы́вшу на́нь навѣ́ту от Іуде́й, хотя́щу отвезти́ся въ Сирі́ю, бы́сть хотѣ́ніє возврати́тися сквозѣ́ Македо́нію.
|
And when he had spent three months there, and a plot was laid against him by the Jews as he was about to set sail for Syria, a decision was made to return through Macedonia.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Послѣ́дова же єму́ да́же до Асі́и Сосіпа́тръ Пи́рровъ Бе́рянинъ, Солу́няне же Аріста́рхъ и Секу́ндъ, и Га́ій Де́рвянинъ и Тімоѳє́й, Асі́ане же Тихі́къ и Трофі́мъ.
|
And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Сі́и предше́дше жда́ху на́съ въ Троа́дѣ.
|
These came, and were waiting for us at Troas.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Мы́ же отвезо́хомся по дне́хъ опрѣсно́чныхъ от Філі́ппъ и пріидо́хомъ къ ни́мъ въ Троа́ду во дне́хъ пяти́, идѣ́же пребы́хомъ дні́й се́дмь.
|
And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we tarried seven days.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Во єди́ну же от суббо́тъ, собра́вшымся ученико́мъ преломи́ти хлѣ́бъ, Па́велъ бесѣ́доваше къ ни́мъ, хотя́ изы́ти на у́тріи, простре́ же сло́во до полу́нощи.
|
And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples were gathered together to break bread, Paul discoursed with them, intending to depart on the morrow; and prolonged his speech until midnight.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Бя́ху же свѣщы́ мно́ги въ го́рницѣ, идѣ́же бѣ́хомъ со́брани.
|
And there were many lights in the upper chamber where we were gathered together.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Сѣдя́ же нѣ́кто ю́ноша, и́менемъ Євти́хъ, во окнѣ́, отягче́нъ сно́мъ глубо́кимъ, глаго́лющу Па́влу о мно́зѣ, прекло́нься от сна́, паде́ от трекро́вника до́лу, и взя́ша єго́ ме́ртва.
|
And there sat in the window a certain young man named Eutychus, borne down with deep sleep; and as Paul discoursed yet longer, being borne down by his sleep he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Соше́дъ же Па́велъ нападе́ на́нь, и объе́мь єго́ рече́: не мо́лвите, и́бо душа́ єго́ въ не́мъ є́сть.
|
And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Make ye no ado; for his life is in him.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Возше́дъ же и прело́мль хлѣ́бъ и вку́шь, дово́лно же бесѣ́довавъ да́же до зари́, и та́ко изы́де.
|
And when he was gone up, and had broken bread, and eaten, and had talked with them a long while, even till break of day, so he departed.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Приведо́ша же о́трока жи́ва и утѣ́шишася не ма́ло.
|
And they brought the lad alive, and were not a little comforted.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Мы́ же, прише́дше въ кора́бль, отвезо́хомся во А́ссонъ, отту́ду хотя́ще поя́ти Па́вла: та́ко бо на́мъ бѣ́ повелѣ́лъ, хотя́ са́мъ пѣ́шь ити́.
|
But we, going to the ship, set sail for Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, intending himself to go by land.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
И я́коже сни́деся съ на́ми во А́ссонѣ, взе́мше єго́ пріидо́хомъ въ Мітили́нъ.
|
And when he met us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
И отту́ду отве́зшеся, во у́тріє приста́хомъ проти́ву Хі́ю, въ другі́й же отвезо́хомся въ Са́монъ, и пребы́вше въ Трогиллі́и, въ гряду́щій же де́нь пріидо́хомъ въ Міли́тъ:
|
And sailing from thence, we came the following day over against Chios; and the next day we touched at Samos; and having tarried at Trogyllium, the day after we came to Miletus.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
суди́ бо Па́велъ ми́мо ити́ Єфе́съ, я́ко да не бу́детъ єму́ закоснѣ́ти во Асі́и, тща́шебося, а́ще возмо́жно бу́детъ, въ де́нь Пятьдеся́тный бы́ти во Ієрусали́мѣ.
|
For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not have to spend time in Asia; for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
От Міли́та же посла́въ во Єфе́съ, призва́ пресви́теры церко́вныя,
|
And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called to him the elders of the church.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
и я́коже пріидо́ша къ нему́, рече́ къ ни́мъ: вы́ вѣ́сте, я́ко от пе́рваго дне́, отне́лиже пріидо́хъ во Асі́ю, ка́ко съ ва́ми все́ вре́мя бы́хъ,
|
And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, after what manner I was with you all the time,
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
рабо́тая Го́сподеви со вся́кимъ смиреному́дріємъ и мно́гими слеза́ми и напа́стьми, прилучи́вшимися мнѣ́ от Іуде́йскихъ навѣ́тъ:
|
serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with many tears, and with trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews;
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
я́ко ни въ чесо́мъ от поле́зныхъ обину́хся, є́же сказа́ти ва́мъ и научи́ти ва́съ предъ людьми́ и по домо́мъ,
|
how I shrank not from declaring unto you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publicly, and from house to house,
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
засвидѣ́телствуя Іуде́ємъ же и Є́ллиномъ є́же къ Бо́гу покая́ніє и вѣ́ру я́же въ Го́спода на́шего Іису́са Христа́.
|
testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
И ны́нѣ, се́, а́зъ свя́занъ Ду́хомъ гряду́ во Ієрусали́мъ, я́же въ не́мъ хотя́щая приключи́тися мнѣ́ не вѣ́дый:
|
And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there:
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
то́чію я́ко Ду́хъ Святы́й по вся́ гра́ды свидѣ́телствуєтъ, глаго́ля, я́ко у́зы мене́ и ско́рби жду́тъ.
|
save that the Holy Spirit testifieth in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Но ни єди́но же попече́ніє творю́, ниже́ и́мамъ ду́шу мою́ че́стну себѣ́, ра́звѣ є́же сконча́ти тече́ніє моє́ съ ра́достію и слу́жбу, ю́же прія́хъ от Го́спода Іису́са, засвидѣ́телствовати Єва́нгеліє благода́ти Бо́жія.
|
But I make no account, neither count I my life precious unto myself, so that I may accomplish my course with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
И ны́нѣ, се́, а́зъ вѣ́мъ, я́ко ктому́ не у́зрите лица́ моєго́ вы́ вси́, въ ни́хже проидо́хъ проповѣ́дуя Ца́рствіє Бо́жіє.
|
And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Тѣ́мже свидѣ́телствую ва́мъ во дне́шній де́нь, я́ко чи́стъ а́зъ от кро́ве всѣ́хъ,
|
For I testify unto you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
не обину́хся бо сказа́ти ва́мъ всю́ во́лю Бо́жію.
|
For I shrank not from declaring unto you the whole counsel of God.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
Внима́йте у́бо себѣ́ и всему́ ста́ду, въ не́мже ва́съ Ду́хъ Святы́й поста́ви єпі́скопы, пасти́ Це́рковь Го́спода и Бо́га, ю́же стяжа́ Кро́вію Своє́ю.
|
Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit hath made you bishops, to feed the church of our Lord and God, which he purchased with his own blood.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
А́зъ бо вѣ́мъ сіє́, я́ко по отше́ствіи моє́мъ вни́дутъ во́лцы тя́жцы въ ва́съ, не щадя́щіи ста́да:
|
For I know this, that after my departing grievous wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock;
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
и от ва́съ самѣ́хъ воста́нутъ му́жіє глаго́лющіи развраще́ная, є́же отторга́ти ученики́ вслѣ́дъ себе́.
|
and from among your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them.
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
Сего́ ра́ди бди́те, помина́юще, я́ко три́ лѣ́та но́щь и де́нь не престая́хъ учя́ со слеза́ми єди́наго кого́ждо ва́съ.
|
Wherefore watch ye, remembering that by the space of three years I ceased not to admonish every one night and day with tears.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
И ны́нѣ предаю́ ва́съ, бра́тіє, Бо́гови и сло́ву благода́ти Єго́, могу́щему назда́ти и да́ти ва́мъ наслѣ́діє во освяще́нныхъ всѣ́хъ.
|
And now I commend you, brethren, to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them that are sanctified.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
Сребра́ или́ зла́та или́ ри́зъ ни єди́наго возжела́хъ:
|
I coveted no man’s silver, or gold, or apparel.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
са́ми вѣ́сте, я́ко тре́бованію моєму́ и су́щымъ со мно́ю послужи́стѣ ру́цѣ мои́ сі́и.
|
Ye yourselves know that these hands ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me.
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
Вся́ сказа́хъ ва́мъ, я́ко та́ко тружда́ющымся подоба́єтъ заступа́ти немощны́я, помина́ти же сло́во Го́спода Іису́са, я́ко Са́мъ рече́: блаже́ннѣє є́сть па́че дая́ти, не́жели пріима́ти.
|
In all things I gave you an example, that so laboring ye ought to help the weak, and to remember the word of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
И сія́ ре́къ, прекло́нь колѣ́на своя́, со всѣ́ми и́ми помоли́ся.
|
And when he had thus spoken, he knelt down and prayed with them all.
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
Мно́гъ же бы́сть пла́чь всѣ́мъ: и напа́дше на вы́ю Па́влову, облобыза́ху єго́,
|
And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul’s neck and kissed him,
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
скорбя́ще наипа́че о словеси́, є́же рече́, я́ко ктому́ не и́мутъ лица́ єго́ узрѣ́ти. Провожда́ху же єго́ въ кора́бль.
|
sorrowing most of all for the word which he had spoken, that they should behold his face no more. And they brought him on his way unto the ship.
|
|
Глава 21
|
Chapter 21
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
И я́коже бы́сть отвезти́ся на́мъ, отто́ргшымся от ни́хъ, пря́мо ше́дше пріидо́хомъ въ Ко́нъ, въ другі́й же де́нь въ Ро́досъ и отту́ду въ Пата́ру:
|
And when it came to pass that we were parted from them and had set sail, we came with a straight course unto Cos, and the next day unto Rhodes, and from thence unto Patara:
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
и обрѣ́тше кора́бль преходя́щь въ Фінікі́ю, возше́дше отвезо́хомся.
|
and having found a ship crossing over unto Phoenicia, we went aboard, and set sail.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Возни́кшій же на́мъ Ки́пръ оста́вльше ошу́юю, плы́хомъ въ Сирі́ю и приста́хомъ въ Ти́рѣ, та́мо бо бя́ше кораблю́ изложи́ти бре́мя:
|
And when we had come in sight of Cyprus, leaving it on the left hand, we sailed unto Syria, and landed at Tyre; for there the ship was to unlade her burden.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
и обрѣ́тше ученики́, пребы́хомъ ту́ дні́й се́дмь: и́же Па́влови глаго́лаху Ду́хомъ не восходи́ти во Ієрусали́мъ.
|
And having found disciples, we tarried there seven days: and these said to Paul through the Spirit, that he should not go up to Jerusalem.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Єгда́ же бы́сть на́мъ сконча́ти дни́, изше́дше идо́хомъ, провожда́ющымъ на́съ всѣ́мъ съ жена́ми и дѣтьми́ да́же до внѣ́ гра́да: и прекло́нше колѣ́на при бре́зѣ помоли́хомся.
|
And when it came to pass that we had accomplished the days, we departed and went on our journey; and they all, with wives and children, brought us on our way till we were out of the city: and kneeling down on the beach, we prayed.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
И цѣлова́вше дру́гъ дру́га внидо́хомъ въ кора́бль, они́ же возврати́шася во своя́ си.
|
And when we had bade each other farewell, we went on board the ship, but they returned home again.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Мы́ же, пла́ваніє наче́нше от Ти́ра, приста́хомъ во Птолемаі́дѣ, и цѣлова́вше бра́тію, пребы́хомъ де́нь єди́нъ у ни́хъ.
|
And when we had finished the voyage from Tyre, we arrived at Ptolemais; and we saluted the brethren, and abode with them one day.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Во у́тріє же изше́дше Па́велъ и и́же съ ни́мъ, пріидо́хомъ въ Кесарі́ю, и вше́дше въ до́мъ Філі́ппа благовѣ́стника, су́ща от седми́ [діа́конъ], пребы́хомъ у него́.
|
And on the morrow they that were of Paul’s company departed, and came unto Caesarea: and entering into the house of Philip the evangelist, who was one of the seven, we abode with him.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Сего́ же бя́ху дще́ри дѣви́цы четы́ри прорица́ющыя.
|
Now this man had four virgin daughters, who prophesied.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Пребыва́ющымъ же на́мъ та́мо дни́ мно́ги, сни́де нѣ́кто от Іуде́и проро́къ, и́менемъ Ага́въ,
|
And as we tarried there some days, there came down from Judea a certain prophet, named Agabus.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
и прише́дъ къ на́мъ и взе́мъ по́ясъ Па́вловъ, связа́въ же свои́ ру́цѣ и но́зѣ, рече́: та́ко глаго́летъ Ду́хъ Святы́й: му́жа, єго́же є́сть по́ясъ се́й, та́ко свя́жутъ [єго́] во Ієрусали́мѣ Іуде́є и предадя́тъ въ ру́цѣ язы́ковъ.
|
And coming to us, and taking Paul’s girdle, and having bound his own feet and hands, he said, Thus saith the Holy Spirit, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
И я́коже слы́шахомъ сія́, моля́хомъ мы́ же и намѣ́стніи {та́мошніи жи́теліє}, не восходи́ти єму́ во Ієрусали́мъ.
|
And when we heard these things, both we and they of that place besought him not to go up to Jerusalem.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Отвѣща́ же Па́велъ и рече́: что́ творите́, пла́чуще и сокруша́юще ми́ се́рдце? А́зъ бо не то́чію свя́занъ бы́ти [хощу́], но и умре́ти во Ієрусали́мѣ гото́въ є́смь за и́мя Го́спода Іису́са.
|
And Paul answered, What do ye, weeping and breaking my heart? for I am ready not to be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Не повину́ющуся же єму́, умолча́хомъ, ре́кше: во́ля Госпо́дня да бу́детъ.
|
And when he would not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of the Lord be done.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
По дне́хъ же си́хъ угото́вльшеся взыдо́хомъ во Ієрусали́мъ:
|
And after these days we made preparations and went up to Jerusalem.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
пріидо́ша же съ на́ми и нѣ́цыи ученицы́ от Кесарі́и, веду́ще съ собо́ю, у него́же бы обита́ти на́мъ, Мна́сона нѣ́коєго Ки́прянина, дре́вняго ученика́.
|
And there went with us also certain of the disciples from Caesarea, bringing with them one Mnason of Cyprus, an early disciple, with whom we should lodge.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Бы́вшымъ же на́мъ во Ієрусали́мѣ, любе́зно прія́ша на́съ бра́тія.
|
And when we were come to Jerusalem, the brethren received us gladly.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
На у́тріє же вни́де Па́велъ съ на́ми ко Іа́кову, вси́ же пріидо́ша ста́рцы.
|
And the day following Paul went in with us unto James; and all the elders were present.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
И цѣлова́въ и́хъ, сказа́ше по єди́ному ко́єждо, є́же сотвори́ Бо́гъ во язы́цѣхъ служе́ніємъ єго́.
|
And when he had saluted them, he rehearsed one by one the things which God had wrought among the Gentiles through his ministry.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Они́ же слы́шавше сла́вляху Бо́га и реко́ша єму́: ви́диши ли, бра́те, коли́ко те́мъ є́сть Іуде́й вѣ́ровавшихъ? И вси́ ревни́теліє зако́ну су́ть:
|
And they, when they heard it, glorified the Lord; and they said unto him, Thou seest, brother, how many thousands there are of the Jews that have believed; and they are all zealous for the law:
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
увѣсти́шася же о тебѣ́, я́ко отступле́нію учи́ши от зако́на Моисе́ова живу́щыя во язы́цѣхъ вся́ Іуде́и, глаго́ля не обрѣ́зовати и́мъ ча́дъ свои́хъ, ниже́ во обы́чаєхъ оте́ческихъ ходи́ти.
|
and they have been informed concerning thee, that thou teachest all the Jews who are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses, telling them not to circumcise their children, neither to walk after the customs.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Что́ у́бо є́сть? Вся́ко подоба́єтъ наро́ду сни́тися: услы́шатъ бо, я́ко прише́лъ єси́.
|
What is it therefore? certainly the multitude must needs come together: for they will hear that thou art come.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Сіє́ у́бо сотвори́, є́же ти́ глаго́лемъ: су́ть у на́съ му́жіє четы́ри обѣща́вше себе́ Бо́гу:
|
Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men that have a vow on them;
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
сія́ пои́мъ очи́стися съ ни́ми и иждиви́ на ни́хъ, да остри́жутъ си́ главы́: и разумѣ́ютъ вси́, я́ко возвѣще́нная и́мъ о тебѣ́ ничто́же су́ть, но пребыва́єши и са́мъ зако́нъ храня́.
|
these take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges for them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that there is no truth in the things whereof they have been informed concerning thee; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, keeping the law.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
А о вѣ́ровавшихъ язы́цѣхъ мы́ посла́хомъ, суди́вше ничто́же таково́є соблюда́ти и́мъ, то́кмо храни́ти себе́ от ідоложе́ртвенныхъ и кро́ве, и уда́вленины и блуда́.
|
But as touching the Gentiles that have believed, we wrote, giving judgment that they should observe no such thing, save only that they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, and from blood, and from what is strangled, and from fornication.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Тогда́ Па́велъ поє́мь му́жы о́ны, на у́тріє съ ни́ми очи́щься вни́де во святи́лище, возвѣща́я исполне́ніє дні́й очище́нія, до́ндеже принесено́ бы́сть за єди́наго коєго́ждо и́хъ приноше́ніє.
|
Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them went into the temple, declaring the fulfillment of the days of purification, until the offering was offered for every one of them.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
И я́коже хотя́ху се́дмь дні́й сконча́тися, и́же от Асі́и Іуде́є, ви́дѣвше єго́ во святи́лищи, нава́диша ве́сь наро́дъ и возложи́ша на́нь ру́цѣ,
|
And when the seven days were almost completed, the Jews from Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the multitude and laid hands on him,
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
вопію́ще: му́жіє Ізра́илстіи, помози́те: се́й є́сть человѣ́къ, и́же на лю́ди и зако́нъ и на мѣ́сто сіє́ всѣ́хъ всю́ду учи́тъ: єще́ же и Є́ллины введе́ въ це́рковь и оскверни́ свято́є мѣ́сто сіє́.
|
crying out, Men of Israel, help: This is the man that teacheth all men everywhere against the people, and the law, and this place; and moreover he brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath defiled this holy place.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Бя́ху бо ви́дѣли Трофі́ма Єфе́сянина во гра́дѣ съ ни́мъ, єго́же мня́ху, я́ко въ це́рковь вве́лъ є́сть Па́велъ.
|
For they had seen with him in the city Trophimus the Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
Подви́жеся же гра́дъ ве́сь, и бы́сть стече́ніє лю́демъ: и є́мше Па́вла, влеча́ху єго́ во́нъ изъ це́ркве, и а́біє затвори́шася две́ри.
|
And all the city was moved, and the people ran together; and they laid hold on Paul, and dragged him out of the temple: and straightaway the doors were shut.
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
И́щущымъ же и́мъ уби́ти єго́, взы́де вѣ́сть къ ты́сящнику спі́ры, я́ко ве́сь возмути́ся Ієрусали́мъ:
|
But as they were seeking to kill him, tidings came up to the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in confusion.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
о́нъ же а́біє пои́мъ во́ины и со́тники, притече́ на ня́: они́ же ви́дѣвше ты́сящника и во́ины, преста́ша би́ти Па́вла.
|
And forthwith he took soldiers and centurions, and ran down upon them: and they, when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, left off beating Paul.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
Присту́пль же ты́сящникъ я́тъ єго́ и повелѣ́ связа́ти єго́ вери́гома желѣ́знома двѣма́, и вопроша́ше: кто́ у́бо є́сть и что́ є́сть сотвори́лъ.
|
And the chief captain came near, and laid hold on him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and inquired who he might be, and what he had done.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
Друзі́и же и́но нѣ́что вопія́ху въ наро́дѣ: не могі́й же разумѣ́ти извѣ́стноє молвы́ ра́ди, повелѣ́ отвести́ єго́ въ по́лкъ.
|
And some cried one thing, some another, among the crowd: and when he could not know the certainty for the uproar, he commanded him to be brought into the castle.
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
Єгда́ же бы́сть на степе́нехъ, прилучи́ся воздви́жену бы́ти єму́ от во́инъ ну́жды ра́ди наро́да,
|
And when he came upon the stairs, so it was that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the crowd;
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
послѣ́доваше бо мно́жество люді́й зову́щихъ: возми́ єго́.
|
for the multitude of the people followed after, crying out, Away with him.
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
Хотя́ же вни́ти въ по́лкъ Па́велъ глаго́ла ты́сящнику: а́ще лѣ́ть ми́ є́сть глаго́лати что́ тебѣ́? О́нъ же рече́: гре́чески умѣ́єши ли?
|
And as Paul was about to be brought into the castle, he saith unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? And he said, Dost thou know Greek?
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
Не ты́ ли єси́ Єги́птянинъ, пре́жде си́хъ дні́й превѣща́вый и изведы́й въ пусты́ню четы́ри ты́сящы муже́й сікаре́й?
|
Art thou not then the Egyptian, who before these days stirred up to sedition and led out into the wilderness the four thousand men of the Assassins?
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
Рече́ же Па́велъ: а́зъ человѣ́къ у́бо є́смь Іуде́анинъ, Та́рсянинъ, сла́внаго гра́да въ Кілікі́и жи́тель: молю́ же тя́, повели́ ми глаго́лати къ лю́демъ.
|
But Paul said, I am a Jew, of Tarsus in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and I beseech thee, give me leave to speak unto the people.
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
Повелѣ́вшу же єму́, Па́велъ стоя́ на степе́нехъ помаа́въ руко́ю къ лю́демъ: мно́гу же безмо́лвію бы́вшу, возгласи́ євре́йскимъ язы́комъ, глаго́ля:
|
And when he had given him leave, Paul, standing on the stairs, beckoned with the hand unto the people; and when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew language, saying,
|
|
Глава 22
|
Chapter 22
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Му́жіє бра́тіє и отцы́, услы́шите мо́й къ ва́мъ ны́нѣ отвѣ́тъ.
|
Brethren and fathers, hear ye the defense which I now make unto you.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Слы́шавше же, я́ко євре́йскимъ язы́комъ возгласи́ къ ни́мъ, па́че приложи́ша безмо́лвіє. И рече́:
|
And when they heard that he spake unto them in the Hebrew language, they were the more quiet: and he saith,
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
а́зъ у́бо є́смь му́жъ Іуде́анинъ, роди́вся въ Та́рсѣ Кілікі́йстѣмъ, воспита́нъ же во гра́дѣ се́мъ при ногу́ Гамаліи́лову, нака́занъ извѣ́стно оте́ческому зако́ну, ревни́тель сы́й Бо́жій, я́коже вси́ вы́ єсте́ дне́сь:
|
I am indeed a Jew, born in Tarsus of Cilicia, but brought up in this city, at the feet of Gamaliel, instructed according to the strict manner of the law of our fathers, being zealous for God, even as ye all are this day:
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
и́же се́й пу́ть гони́хъ да́же до сме́рти, вяжя́ и предая́ въ темни́цу му́жы же и жены́,
|
and I persecuted this Way unto the death, binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
я́коже и архієре́й свидѣ́телствуєтъ ми́ и вси́ ста́рцы: от ни́хже и посла́нія пріє́мь къ живу́щымъ въ Дама́сцѣ бра́тіямъ, идя́хъ привести́ су́щыя та́мо свя́заны во Ієрусали́мъ, да му́чатся.
|
As also the high priest doth bear me witness, and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters unto the brethren, and journeyed to Damascus to bring them also that were there unto Jerusalem in bonds to be punished.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Бы́сть же ми́ иду́щу и приближа́ющуся къ Дама́ску въ полу́дне, внеза́пу съ небесе́ облиста́ свѣ́тъ мно́гъ о́крестъ мене́.
|
And it came to pass, that, as I made my journey, and drew nigh unto Damascus, about noon, suddenly there shone from heaven a great light round about me.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Падо́хъ же на зе́млю и слы́шахъ гла́съ глаго́лющь ми́: Са́вле, Са́вле, что́ Мя го́ниши?
|
And I fell unto the ground, and heard a voice saying unto me, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me?
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
А́зъ же отвѣща́хъ: кто́ єси́, Го́споди? Рече́ же ко мнѣ́: А́зъ є́смь Іису́съ Назоре́й, Єго́же ты́ го́ниши.
|
And I answered, Who art thou, Lord? And he said unto me, I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom thou persecutest.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Со мно́ю же су́щіи свѣ́тъ у́бо ви́дѣша и пристра́шни бы́ша, гла́са же не слы́шаша Глаго́лющаго ко мнѣ́.
|
And they that were with me beheld indeed the light, and were affrighted; but they heard not the voice of him that spake to me.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Реко́хъ же: что́ сотворю́, Го́споди? Госпо́дь же рече́ ко мнѣ́: воста́въ иди́ въ Дама́скъ, и та́мо рече́тся ти́ о всѣ́хъ, я́же вчине́но ти́ є́сть твори́ти.
|
And I said, What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said unto me, Arise, and go into Damascus; and there it shall be told thee of all things which are appointed for thee to do.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
И я́коже не ви́дѣхъ от сла́вы свѣ́та о́наго, за ру́ку ведо́мь от су́щихъ со мно́ю, внидо́хъ въ Дама́скъ.
|
And when I could not see for the glory of that light, being led by the hand of them that were with me I came into Damascus.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Ана́ніа же нѣ́кій, му́жъ благоговѣ́инъ по зако́ну, свидѣ́телствованъ от всѣ́хъ живу́щихъ въ Дама́сцѣ Іуде́й,
|
And one Ananias, a devout man according to the law, well reported of by all the Jews that dwelt in Damascus,
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
прише́дъ ко мнѣ́ и ста́въ рече́ ми: Са́вле бра́те, прозри́. И а́зъ въ то́й ча́съ воззрѣ́хъ на́нь.
|
came unto me, and standing by me said unto me, Brother Saul, receive thy sight. And in that very hour I looked up on him.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
О́нъ же рече́ ми: Бо́гъ оте́цъ на́шихъ изво́ли {предъизбра́} тя́ разумѣ́ти хотѣ́ніє Єго́, и ви́дѣти Пра́ведника, и слы́шати гла́съ от у́стъ Єго́:
|
And he said, The God of our fathers hath appointed thee to know his will, and to see the Righteous One, and to hear a voice from his mouth.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
я́ко бу́деши Єму́ свидѣ́тель у всѣ́хъ человѣ́ковъ о си́хъ, я́же ви́дѣлъ єси́ и слы́шалъ:
|
For thou shalt be a witness for him unto all men of what thou hast seen and heard.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
и ны́нѣ что́ ме́длиши? Воста́въ крести́ся и омы́й грѣхи́ твоя́, призва́въ и́мя Го́спода Іису́са.
|
And now why tarriest thou? arise, and be baptized, and wash away thy sins, calling on the name of the Lord.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Бы́сть же возврати́вшумися во Ієрусали́мъ и моля́щумися въ це́ркви, бы́ти во изступле́ніи
|
And it came to pass, that, when I had returned to Jerusalem, and while I prayed in the temple, I fell into a trance,
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
и ви́дѣти Єго́ глаго́люща ми́: потщи́ся и изы́ди ско́ро изъ Ієрусали́ма, зане́ не пріи́мутъ свидѣ́телства твоєго́, є́же о Мнѣ́.
|
and saw him saying unto me, Make haste, and get thee quickly out of Jerusalem; because they will not receive of thee the testimony concerning me.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
И а́зъ рѣ́хъ: Го́споди, са́ми вѣ́дятъ, я́ко а́зъ бѣ́хъ всажда́я въ темни́цу и бія́ по со́нмищихъ вѣ́рующыя въ Тя́,
|
And I said, Lord, they themselves know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on thee:
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
и єгда́ излива́шеся кро́вь Стефа́на свидѣ́теля Твоєго́, и са́мъ бѣ́хъ стоя́ и соизволя́я убіє́нію єго́ и стрегі́й ри́зъ убива́ющихъ єго́.
|
and when the blood of Stephen thy witness was shed, I also was standing by, and consenting unto his death, keeping the garments of them that slew him.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
И рече́ ко мнѣ́: иди́, я́ко А́зъ во язы́ки дале́че послю́ тя.
|
And he said unto me, Depart: for I will send thee forth far hence unto the Gentiles.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Послу́шаху же єго́ да́же до сего́ словесе́ и воздвиго́ша гла́съ сво́й, глаго́люще: возми́ от земли́ такова́го, не подоба́єтъ бо єму́ жи́ти.
|
And they gave him audience unto this word; and they lifted up their voice, and said, Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it is not fit that he should live.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Вопію́щымъ же и́мъ и ме́щущымъ ри́зы и пра́хъ возмета́ющымъ на возду́хъ,
|
And as they cried out, and threw off their garments, and cast dust into the air,
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
повелѣ́ ты́сящникъ отвести́ єго́ въ по́лкъ, ре́къ ра́нами истяза́ти єго́, да разумѣ́єтъ, за ку́ю вину́ та́ко вопія́ху на́нь.
|
the chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle, bidding that he should be examined by scourging, that he might know for what cause they so shouted against him.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
И я́коже протяго́ша єго́ вервьми́, рече́ къ стоя́щему со́тнику Па́велъ: человѣ́ка Ри́млянина и неосужде́на лѣ́ть ли є́сть ва́мъ би́ти?
|
And as he tied him up with the thongs, Paul said unto the centurion that stood by, Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman, and uncondemned?
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Слы́шавъ же со́тникъ, приступи́ къ ты́сящнику, сказа́, глаго́ля: ви́ждь, что́ хо́щеши сотвори́ти? Человѣ́къ бо се́й Ри́млянинъ є́сть.
|
And when the centurion heard it, he went and told the chief captain, saying, Take heed what thou art about to do: for this man is a Roman.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
Присту́пль же ты́сящникъ рече́ єму́: глаго́ли ми́, Ри́млянинъ ли єси́ ты́? О́нъ же рече́: є́й.
|
And the chief captain came and said unto him, Tell me, art thou a Roman? And he said, Yea.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
Отвѣща́ же ты́сящникъ: а́зъ мно́гою цѣно́ю нарѣче́ніє жи́телства сего́ стяжа́хъ. Па́велъ же рече́: а́зъ же и роди́хся въ не́мъ.
|
And the chief captain answered, With a great sum obtained I this citizenship. And Paul said, But I am a Roman born.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
А́біє у́бо отступи́ша от него́ хотя́щіи єго́ истяза́ти, и ты́сящникъ же убоя́ся, разумѣ́въ, я́ко Ри́млянинъ є́сть, и я́ко бѣ́ єго́ связа́лъ.
|
They then that were about to examine him straightaway departed from him: and the chief captain also was afraid when he knew that he was a Roman, and because he had bound him.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
На у́тріє же, хотя́ разумѣ́ти и́стину, чесо́ ра́ди оклевета́єтся от Іуде́й, разрѣши́ єго́ от у́зъ и повелѣ́ пріити́ архієре́ємъ и всему́ собо́ру и́хъ: и све́дъ Па́вла, поста́ви [єго́] предъ ни́ми.
|
But on the morrow, desiring to know the certainty wherefore he was accused of the Jews, he loosed him from his bonds, and commanded the chief priests and all their council to come, and brought Paul down and set him before them.
|
|
Глава 23
|
Chapter 23
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Воззрѣ́въ же Па́велъ на со́нмъ, рече́: му́жіє бра́тіє, а́зъ все́ю со́вѣстію благо́ю жи́телствовахъ предъ Бо́гомъ да́же до сего́ дне́.
|
And Paul, looking steadfastly on the council, said, Brethren, I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Архієре́й же Ана́ніа повелѣ́ предстоя́щымъ єму́ би́ти єго́ уста́.
|
And the high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Тогда́ Па́велъ рече́ къ нему́: би́ти тя́ и́мать Бо́гъ, стѣно́ пова́пленая: и ты́ сѣди́ши судя́ ми по зако́ну, преступа́я же зако́нъ вели́ши, да бію́тъ мя́.
|
Then said Paul unto him, God shall smite thee, thou whited wall: and sittest thou to judge me according to the law, and commandest me to be smitten contrary to the law?
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Предстоя́щіи же рѣ́ша: архієре́ю ли Бо́жію досажда́єши?
|
And they that stood by said, Revilest thou God’s high priest?
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
Рече́ же Па́велъ: не вѣ́дахъ, бра́тіє, я́ко архієре́й є́сть: пи́сано бо є́сть: кня́зю люді́й твои́хъ да не рече́ши зла́.
|
And Paul said, I knew not, brethren, that he was high priest: for it is written, Thou shalt not speak evil of a ruler of thy people.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Разумѣ́въ же Па́велъ, я́ко єди́на ча́сть є́сть саддуке́й, друга́я же фарісе́й, воззва́ въ со́нмищи: му́жіє бра́тіє, а́зъ фарісе́й є́смь, сы́нъ фарісе́овъ: о упова́ніи и о воскресе́ніи ме́ртвыхъ а́зъ су́дъ пріє́млю.
|
But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees and the other Pharisees, he cried out in the council, Brethren, I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee: touching the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Се́ же єму́ ре́кшу, бы́сть ра́спря между́ саддуке́и и фарісе́и, и раздѣли́ся наро́дъ:
|
And when he had so said, there arose a dissension between the Pharisees and Sadducees; and the assembly was divided.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
саддуке́є бо глаго́лютъ не бы́ти воскресе́нія, ни А́нгела, ни ду́ха: фарісе́є же исповѣ́дуютъ обоя́.
|
For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, neither angel, nor spirit; but the Pharisees confess both.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Бы́сть же кли́чь вели́къ, и воста́вше кни́жницы ча́сти фарісе́йскія пря́хуся между́ собо́ю, глаго́люще: ни єди́но зло́ обрѣта́ємъ въ человѣ́цѣ се́мъ: а́ще же ду́хъ глаго́ла єму́ или́ А́нгелъ, не проти́вимся Бо́гу.
|
And there arose a great clamor: and the scribes of the Pharisees’ part stood up, and strove, saying, We find no evil in this man: and if a spirit hath spoken to him, or an angel, let us not fight against God.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Мно́зѣ же бы́вшей ра́спри, боя́ся ты́сящникъ, да не растерза́нъ бу́детъ Па́велъ от ни́хъ, повелѣ́ во́иномъ сни́ти и восхи́тити єго́ от среды́ и́хъ и вести́ [єго́] въ по́лкъ.
|
And when there arose a great dissension, the chief captain, fearing lest Paul should be torn in pieces by them, commanded the soldiers to go down and take him by force from among them, and bring him into the castle.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Въ наста́вшую же но́щь предста́въ єму́ Госпо́дь, рече́: дерза́й, Па́вле: я́коже бо свидѣ́телствовалъ єси́ я́же о Мнѣ́ во Ієрусали́мѣ, си́це ти́ подоба́єтъ и въ Ри́мѣ свидѣ́телствовати.
|
And the night following the Lord stood by him, and said, Be of good cheer, Paul: for as thou hast testified concerning me at Jerusalem, so must thou bear witness also at Rome.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Бы́вшу же дню́, сотво́рше нѣ́цыи от Іуде́й совѣ́тъ {навѣ́тъ}, закля́ша себе́, глаго́люще не я́сти ни пи́ти, до́ндеже убію́тъ Па́вла:
|
And when it was day, certain of the Jews banded together, and bound themselves under a curse, saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
бя́ху же мно́жає четы́редесятихъ сію́ кля́тву сотво́ршіи,
|
And they were more than forty that had made this conspiracy.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
и́же присту́пльше ко архієре́ємъ и ста́рцемъ, рѣ́ша: кля́твою прокля́хомъ себе́ ничто́же вкуси́ти, до́ндеже убіє́мъ Па́вла:
|
And they came to the chief priests and the elders, and said, We have bound ourselves under a great curse, to taste nothing until we have killed Paul.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
ны́нѣ у́бо вы́ скажи́те ты́сящнику съ собо́ромъ, я́ко да у́трѣ сведе́тъ єго́ къ ва́мъ, а́ки бы хотя́ще разумѣ́ти извѣ́стнѣє я́же о не́мъ: мы́ же, пре́жде да́же не прибли́житися єму́, гото́ви єсмы́ уби́ти єго́.
|
Now therefore do ye with the council signify to the chief captain that he bring him down unto you tomorrow, as though ye would judge of his case more exactly: and we, before he comes near, are ready to slay him.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Слы́шавъ же сы́нъ сестры́ Па́вловы ко́въ, прише́дъ и вше́дъ въ по́лкъ, сказа́ Па́влу.
|
But Paul’s sister’s son heard of their lying in wait, and he came and entered into the castle and told Paul.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Призва́въ же Па́велъ єди́наго от со́тникъ, рече́: ю́ношу сего́ отведи́ къ ты́сящнику: и́мать бо нѣ́что сказа́ти єму́.
|
And Paul called unto him one of the centurions, and said, Bring this young man unto the chief captain; for he hath something to tell him.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
О́нъ же у́бо пои́мъ єго́ приведе́ къ ты́сящнику и рече́: у́зникъ Па́велъ призва́въ мя́, умоли́ сего́ ю́ношу привести́ къ тебѣ́, иму́ща нѣ́что глаго́лати тебѣ́.
|
So he took him, and brought him to the chief captain, and saith, Paul the prisoner called me unto him, and asked me to bring this young man unto thee, who hath something to say to thee.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
Пои́мъ же єго́ за ру́ку ты́сящникъ и отше́дъ на єди́нѣ, вопроша́ше єго́: что́ є́сть, є́же и́маши возвѣсти́ти ми́?
|
And the chief captain took him by the hand, and going aside asked him privately, What is it that thou hast to tell me?
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Рече́ же, я́ко Іуде́є совѣща́ша умоли́ти тя́, я́ко да у́трѣ сведе́ши Па́вла къ ни́мъ въ собо́ръ, а́ки бы хотя́щымъ извѣ́стнѣє истяза́ти я́же о не́мъ:
|
And he said, The Jews have agreed to ask thee to bring down Paul tomorrow unto the council, as though they would inquire somewhat more exactly concerning him.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
ты́ у́бо не послу́шай и́хъ: ло́вятъ бо єго́ от ни́хъ му́жіє мно́жає четы́редесяти, и́же закля́ша себе́ ни я́сти ни пи́ти, до́ндеже убію́тъ єго́: и ны́нѣ гото́ви су́ть, ча́юще обѣща́нія, є́же от тебе́.
|
Do not thou therefore yield unto them: for there lie in wait for him of them more than forty men, who have bound themselves under a curse, neither to eat nor to drink till they have slain him: and now are they ready, looking for the promise from thee.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Ты́сящникъ у́бо отпусти́ ю́ношу, завѣща́въ ни єди́ному же повѣ́дати, я́ко сія́ яви́лъ єси́ мнѣ́.
|
So the chief captain let the young man go, charging him, Tell no man that thou hast signified these things to me.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
И призва́въ два́ нѣ́кія от со́тникъ, рече́: угото́вита [ми́] во́иновъ вооруже́нныхъ двѣ́стѣ, я́ко да и́дутъ до Кесарі́и, и ко́нникъ се́дмьдесятъ, и стрѣле́цъ двѣ́стѣ, от тре́тіяго часа́ но́щи:
|
And he called unto him certain two of the centurions, and said, Make ready two hundred soldiers to go as far as Caesarea, and horsemen threescore and ten, and spearmen two hundred, at the third hour of the night:
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
и ско́ты привести́, да всади́вше Па́вла прово́дятъ до Фи́лікса иге́мона.
|
and he bade them provide beasts, that they might set Paul thereon, and bring him safe unto Felix the governor.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Написа́ же [и] посла́ніє иму́щеє о́бразъ се́й:
|
And he wrote a letter after this form:
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
Клавді́й Лисі́а держа́вному иге́мону Фи́ліксу ра́доватися:
|
Claudius Lysias unto the most excellent governor Felix, greeting.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
му́жа сего́ я́та от Іуде́й и иму́ща убіє́на бы́ти от ни́хъ, присту́пль съ во́ины отъя́хъ єго́, увѣ́дѣвъ, я́ко Ри́млянинъ є́сть:
|
This man was seized by the Jews, and was about to be slain of them, when I came upon them with the soldiers and rescued him, having learned that he was a Roman.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
хотя́ же разумѣ́ти вину́, єя́же ра́ди поима́ху на́нь, сведо́хъ єго́ въ со́нмище и́хъ:
|
And desiring to know the cause wherefore they accused him, I brought him down unto their council:
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
єго́же обрѣто́хъ оглаго́луєма о взыска́ніи зако́на и́хъ, ни єди́но же досто́йно сме́рти или́ у́замъ согрѣше́ніє иму́ща:
|
whom I found to be accused about questions of their law, though he had nothing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
ска́зану же бы́вшу ми́ ко́ву хотя́щу бы́ти от Іуде́й на му́жа сего́, а́біє посла́хъ [єго́] къ тебѣ́, завѣща́въ и клеветнико́мъ [єго́] глаго́лати предъ тобо́ю, я́же на́нь: здра́въ бу́ди.
|
And when it was shown to me that a plot was about to be executed against the man by the Jews, I sent him to thee forthwith, charging his accusers also to speak what they had against him before thee. Farewell.
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
Во́ини же у́бо по повелѣ́нному и́мъ, взе́мше Па́вла, ведо́ша объ но́щь во Антіпатрі́ду:
|
So the soldiers, as it was commanded them, took Paul and brought him by night to Antipatris.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
во у́тріє же, оста́вльше ко́нники ити́ съ ни́мъ, возврати́шася въ по́лкъ.
|
But on the morrow they left the horsemen to go with him, and returned to the castle:
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
Они́ же прише́дше въ Кесарі́ю и вда́вше посла́ніє иге́мону, предста́виша єму́ и Па́вла.
|
and they, when they came to Caesarea and delivered the letter to the governor, presented Paul also before him.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
Проче́тъ же иге́монъ посла́ніє и вопро́шь, от ко́єя о́бласти є́сть, и увѣ́дѣвъ, я́ко от Кілікі́и, рече́:
|
And when the governor had read it, he asked of what province he was; and when he understood that he was of Cilicia,
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
услы́шу о тебѣ́, єгда́ и клеветницы́ твои́ пріи́дутъ. И повелѣ́ въ прето́рѣ И́родовѣ стрещи́ єго́.
|
I will hear thee fully, said he, when thine accusers also are come: and he commanded him to be kept in Herod’s palace.
|
|
Глава 24
|
Chapter 24
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
По пяти́хъ же дне́хъ сни́де архієре́й Ана́ніа со ста́рцы и съ ри́торомъ нѣ́кіимъ Терти́лломъ, и́же сказа́ша иге́мону о Па́влѣ.
|
And after five days the high priest Ananias came down with the elders, and with an orator, one Tertullus; and they informed the governor against Paul.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
При́звану же бы́вшу єму́, нача́тъ клевета́ти Терти́ллъ, глаго́ля:
|
And when he was called, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying, Seeing that by thee we enjoy much peace, and that by thy providence worthy deeds are done for this nation,
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
мно́гъ ми́ръ улуча́юще тобо́ю, и исправле́нія быва́ємая язы́ку сему́ твои́мъ промышле́ніємъ, вся́кимъ же о́бразомъ и вездѣ́ пріє́млемъ, держа́вный Фи́ліксе, со вся́кимъ благодаре́ніємъ:
|
we accept it in all ways and in all places, most excellent Felix, with all thankfulness.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
но да не мно́жає стужа́ю тебѣ́, молю́ тя послу́шати на́съ вкра́тцѣ твоє́ю кро́тостію:
|
But, that I be not further tedious unto thee, I entreat thee to hear us of thy clemency a few words.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
обрѣто́хомъ бо му́жа сего́ губи́теля и дви́жуща противле́ніє всѣ́мъ Іуде́ємъ живу́щымъ по вселе́ннѣй и предста́теля [су́ща] Назоре́йстѣй є́реси,
|
For we have found this man a pestilent fellow, and a mover of insurrection among all the Jews throughout the world, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
и́же и це́рковь покуси́ся оскверни́ти, єго́же и я́хомъ и по зако́ну на́шему хотѣ́хомъ суди́ти єму́:
|
who moreover assayed to profane the temple: on whom also we laid hold:
|
|
7
|
8
|
|
прише́дъ же Лисі́а ты́сящникъ, мно́гою си́лою от ру́къ на́шихъ исхити́ єго́ и къ тебѣ́ посла́,
|
from whom thou wilt be able, by examining him thyself, to take knowledge of all these things whereof we accuse him.
|
|
8
|
9
|
|
повелѣ́въ [и на́мъ] поє́млющымъ на́нь ити́ къ тебѣ́: *от него́же возмо́жеши са́мъ разсуди́въ о всѣ́хъ си́хъ позна́ти, о ни́хже мы́ поє́млемъ на́нь.
|
And the Jews also joined in the charge, affirming that these things were so.
|
|
9
|
10
|
|
Сложи́шася же и Іуде́є, глаго́люще си́мъ та́ко бы́ти.
|
And when the governor had beckoned unto him to speak, Paul answered, Forasmuch as I know that thou hast been of many years a judge unto this nation, I do the more cheerfully make my defense:
|
|
10
|
11
|
|
Отвѣща́ же Па́велъ, поману́вшу єму́ иге́мону глаго́лати: от мно́гихъ лѣ́тъ су́ща тя́ судію́ пра́ведна язы́ку сему́ свѣ́дый, благоду́шнѣє я́же о мнѣ́ отвѣща́ю,
|
seeing that thou canst take knowledge that it is not more than twelve days since I went up to worship in Jerusalem:
|
|
11
|
12
|
|
могу́щу ти́ разумѣ́ти, я́ко не мно́жає ми́ є́сть дні́й двана́десятихъ, отне́лѣже взыдо́хъ поклони́тися во Ієрусали́мъ:
|
and neither in the temple did they find me disputing with any man or stirring up a crowd, nor in the synagogues, nor in the city.
|
|
12
|
13
|
|
и ни въ це́ркви обрѣто́ша мя́ къ кому́ глаго́люща или́ развра́тъ творя́ща наро́ду, ни въ со́нмищихъ, ни во гра́дѣ,
|
Neither can they prove against me the things whereof they now accuse me.
|
|
13
|
14
|
|
ниже́ довести́ мо́гутъ, єли́ка тебѣ́ ны́нѣ на мя́ глаго́лютъ:
|
But this I confess unto thee, that after the Way which they call a sect, so serve I the God of our fathers, believing all things which are written throughout the law and in the prophets;
|
|
14
|
15
|
|
исповѣ́дую же тебѣ́ сіє́, я́ко въ пути́, єго́же сі́и глаго́лютъ є́ресь, та́ко служу́ оте́ческому Бо́гу, вѣ́руя всѣ́мъ су́щымъ въ Зако́нѣ и Проро́цѣхъ пи́санымъ,
|
having hope toward God, which these also themselves look for, that there shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and unjust.
|
|
15
|
16
|
|
упова́ніє имы́й на Бо́га, я́ко воскресе́ніє хо́щетъ бы́ти ме́ртвымъ, пра́ведникомъ же и грѣ́шникомъ, єго́же и са́ми сі́и ча́ютъ:
|
And herein do I exercise myself, having a conscience void of offense toward God and men always.
|
|
16
|
17
|
|
о се́мъ же и а́зъ подвиза́юся, непоро́чну со́вѣсть имѣ́ти всегда́ предъ Бо́гомъ же и человѣ́ки:
|
Now after some years I came to bring alms to my nation, and offerings:
|
|
17
|
18
|
|
по лѣ́тѣхъ же мно́гихъ пріидо́хъ сотвори́ти ми́лостыни во язы́къ мо́й и приноше́нія:
|
amidst which certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, with no crowd, nor yet with tumult,
|
|
18
|
19
|
|
въ ни́хже обрѣто́ша мя́ очище́нна въ це́ркви, ни съ наро́домъ, ниже́ съ молво́ю,
|
who ought to be here before thee, and to make accusation, if they have aught against me.
|
|
19
|
20
|
|
нѣ́цыи от Асі́и Іуде́є, и́мже подоба́ше предъ тя́ пріити́ и глаго́лати, а́ще и́мутъ что́ на мя́:
|
Or else let these men themselves say what wrongdoing they found in me when I stood before the council,
|
|
20
|
21
|
|
или́ са́ми ті́и да глаго́лютъ, а́ще ку́ю обрѣто́ша во мнѣ́ непра́вду, ста́вшу ми́ въ со́нмищи,
|
except it be for this one voice, that I cried standing among them, Touching the resurrection of the dead I am called in question by you this day.
|
|
21
|
22
|
|
ра́звѣ єди́наго сего́ гла́са, и́мже возопи́хъ стоя́ въ ни́хъ, я́ко о воскресе́ніи ме́ртвыхъ а́зъ су́дъ пріє́млю дне́сь от ва́съ.
|
And when Felix heard these things, having more exact knowledge concerning the Way, he deferred them, saying, When Lysias the chief captain shall come down, I will determine your matter.
|
|
22
|
23
|
|
Слы́шавъ же сія́ Фи́ліксъ отвѣща́ {отрече́} и́мъ, извѣ́стнѣє увѣ́дѣвъ я́же о пути́ се́мъ, глаго́ля: єгда́ Лисі́а ты́сящникъ пріи́детъ, разсужду́ я́же о ва́съ.
|
And he gave order to the centurion that Paul should be kept in charge, and should have indulgence; and not to forbid any of his friends to minister or come unto him.
|
|
23
|
24
|
|
Повелѣ́ же со́тнику стрещи́ Па́вла, и имѣ́ти осла́бу, и ни єди́ному же возбраня́ти от свои́хъ єму́ служи́ти или́ приходи́ти къ нему́.
|
But after certain days, Felix came with Drusilla, his wife, who was a Jewess, and sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the faith in Christ.
|
|
24
|
25
|
|
По дне́хъ же нѣ́кіихъ прише́дъ Фи́ліксъ со Друсі́ллією жено́ю своє́ю су́щею Іуде́анынею, призва́ Па́вла, да слы́шитъ от него́ вѣ́ру, я́же во Христа́ Іису́са.
|
And as he reasoned of righteousness, and self-control, and the judgment to come, Felix was terrified, and answered, Go thy way for this time; and when I have a convenient season, I will call thee unto me.
|
|
25
|
26
|
|
Глаго́лющу же єму́ о пра́вдѣ и о воздержа́ніи и о судѣ́ хотя́щемъ бы́ти, пристра́шенъ бы́въ Фи́ліксъ отвѣща́: ны́нѣ у́бо иди́, вре́мя же получи́въ призову́ тя.
|
He hoped withal that money would be given him of Paul, that he might loose him: wherefore also he sent for him the oftener, and communed with him.
|
|
26
|
27
|
|
Вку́пѣ же и надѣ́яся, я́ко мзда́ да́стся єму́ от Па́вла, я́ко да отпу́ститъ єго́: тѣ́мже и ча́сто призыва́я єго́, бесѣ́доваше съ ни́мъ.
|
But when two years were fulfilled, Felix was succeeded by Porcius Festus; and desiring to gain favor with the Jews, Felix left Paul in bonds.
|
|
27
|
|
|
Двѣма́ же лѣ́тома сконча́вшемася прія́тъ измѣне́ніє Фи́ліксъ Поркі́а Фи́ста: хотя́ же уго́дноє сотвори́ти Іуде́ємъ Фи́ліксъ, оста́ви Па́вла свя́зана.
|
|
|
Глава 25
|
Chapter 25
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Фи́стъ же у́бо пріи́мь вла́сть, по тріє́хъ дне́хъ взы́де во Ієрусали́мъ от Кесарі́и.
|
Festus therefore, having come into the province, after three days went up to Jerusalem from Caesarea.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Сказа́ша же єму́ архієре́є и пе́рвіи от Іуде́й на Па́вла и моля́ху єго́,
|
And the high priest and the principal men of the Jews informed him against Paul; and they besought him,
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
прося́ще благода́ти на́нь, я́ко да по́слетъ єго́ во Ієрусали́мъ, ко́въ творя́ще, я́ко да убію́тъ єго́ на пути́.
|
asking a favor against him, that he would send for him to Jerusalem; laying a plot to kill him on the way.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Фи́стъ же повелѣ́ Па́вла стрещи́ въ Кесарі́и, са́мъ та́мо хотя́ вско́рѣ изы́ти:
|
Howbeit Festus answered, that Paul was kept in charge in Caesarea, and that he himself was about to depart thither shortly.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
и́же у́бо си́льніи въ ва́съ, рече́, со мно́ю ше́дше, а́ще є́сть ка́я непра́вда въ му́жи се́мъ, да глаго́лютъ на́нь.
|
Let them therefore that are of power among you, saith he, go down with me, and if there is any wickedness in this man, let them accuse him.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Пребы́въ же у ни́хъ не мно́жає десяти́ дні́й, сни́де въ Кесарі́ю: на у́тріє сѣ́дъ на суди́щи, повелѣ́ Па́вла привести́.
|
And when he had tarried among them more than ten days, he went down unto Caesarea; and on the morrow he sat on the judgment seat, and commanded Paul to be brought.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Приведе́ну же бы́вшу єму́, о́крестъ ста́ша и́же от Ієрусали́ма сше́дшіи Іуде́є, мно́ги и тя́жки вины́ принося́ще на Па́вла, и́хже не можа́ху изъяви́ти:
|
And when he was come, the Jews that had come down from Jerusalem stood round about, bringing many and grievous charges against Paul, which they could not prove;
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
отвѣщава́ющу єму́, я́ко ни на зако́нъ Іуде́йскій, ни на це́рковь, ни на ке́саря что́ согрѣши́хъ.
|
while he said in his defense, Neither against the law of the Jews, nor against the temple, nor against Caesar, have I sinned at all.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Фи́стъ же хотя́ уго́дноє Іуде́ємъ сотвори́ти, отвѣща́въ Па́влови рече́: хо́щеши ли, во Ієрусали́мъ возше́дъ, та́мо о си́хъ су́дъ прія́ти от мене́?
|
But Festus, desiring to gain favor with the Jews, answered Paul and said, Wilt thou go up to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these things before me?
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
Рече́ же Па́велъ: на суди́щи ке́саревѣ стоя́ є́смь, идѣ́же ми́ досто́итъ су́дъ прія́ти: Іуде́й ни чи́мже оби́дѣхъ, я́коже и ты́ до́брѣ вѣ́си:
|
But Paul said, I am standing before Caesar’s judgment seat, where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong, as thou also very well knowest.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
а́ще бо непра́вдую или́ досто́йно сме́рти сотвори́хъ что́, не отме́щуся умре́ти: а́ще ли же ничто́же є́сть во мнѣ́, є́же сі́и на мя́ клеве́щутъ, никто́же мя́ мо́жетъ тѣ́мъ вы́дати: ке́саря нарица́ю.
|
For if I am a wrongdoer, and have committed anything worthy of death, I refuse not to die; but if none of those things is true whereof these accuse me, no man can give me up unto them. I appeal unto Caesar.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Тогда́ Фи́стъ состяза́вся съ совѣ́тники, отвѣща́: ке́саря ли наре́клъ єси́? Къ ке́сарю по́йдеши.
|
Then Festus, when he had conferred with the council, answered, Thou hast appealed unto Caesar: unto Caesar shalt thou go.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Дне́мъ же мину́вшымъ нѣ́кимъ, Агрі́ппа ца́рь и Вернікі́а снидо́ста въ Кесарі́ю цѣлова́ти Фи́ста.
|
Now when certain days were passed, Agrippa the king and Bernice arrived at Caesarea to salute Festus.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
И я́коже мно́ги дни́ пребы́ста ту́, Фи́стъ сказа́ царю́ я́же о Па́влѣ, глаго́ля: му́жъ нѣ́кій є́сть оста́вленъ от Фи́лікса у́зникъ,
|
And as he tarried there many days, Festus laid Paul’s case before the king, saying, There is a certain man left a prisoner by Felix;
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
о не́мже, бы́вшу ми́ во Ієрусали́мѣ, яви́ша архієре́є и ста́рцы Іуде́йстіи, прося́ще на́нь суда́.
|
about whom, when I was at Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews informed me, asking for judgment against him.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Къ ни́мже отвѣща́хъ, я́ко нѣ́сть обы́чай Ри́мляномъ вы́дати человѣ́ка ко́єго на поги́бель, пре́жде да́же оклевета́ємый не и́мать предъ лице́мъ клеве́щущихъ єго́ и мѣ́сто отвѣ́та пріи́метъ о своє́мъ согрѣше́ніи.
|
To whom I answered, that it is not the custom of the Romans to give up any man to destruction, before that the accused have the accusers face to face, and have had opportunity to make his defense concerning the matter laid against him.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Сше́дшымся же и́мъ здѣ́, закоснѣ́ніє ни єди́но сотво́рь, на у́тріє сѣ́дъ на суди́щи, повелѣ́хъ привести́ му́жа.
|
When therefore they were come together here, I made no delay, but on the next day sat on the judgment seat, and commanded the man to be brought.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
О́крестъ же єго́ ста́вше клеветницы́, ни єди́ну вину́, я́же а́зъ непщева́хъ, нанесо́ша:
|
Concerning whom, when the accusers stood up, they brought against him no charge of such things as I supposed;
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
стяза́нія же нѣ́кая о своє́й разли́чнѣй вѣ́рѣ имя́ху къ нему́ и о нѣ́коємъ Іису́сѣ уме́ршемъ, Єго́же глаго́лаше Па́велъ жи́ва бы́ти.
|
but had certain questions against him of their own religion, and of one Jesus, who was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alive.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Недоумѣ́яся же а́зъ о взыска́ніи си́хъ, глаго́лахъ, а́ще хо́щетъ ити́ во Ієрусали́мъ и та́мо су́дъ прія́ти о си́хъ.
|
And I, being perplexed how to inquire concerning this, asked whether he would go to Jerusalem and there be judged of these matters.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Па́влу же наре́кшу блюде́ну бы́ти єму́ до разсужде́нія А́вгуста, повелѣ́хъ блюсти́ єго́, до́ндеже послю́ єго́ къ ке́сарю.
|
But when Paul had appealed to be kept for the decision of the emperor, I commanded him to be kept till I should send him to Caesar.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
Агрі́ппа же къ Фи́сту рече́: хотѣ́лъ бы́хъ и са́мъ человѣ́ка сего́ слы́шати. О́нъ же рече́: у́трѣ услы́шиши єго́.
|
And Agrippa said unto Festus, I also could wish to hear the man myself. And he saith, Tomorrow thou shalt hear him.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
На у́тріє же прише́дшу Агрі́ппѣ и Вернікі́и со мно́гою го́рдостію и вше́дшымъ въ суде́бную пала́ту съ ты́сящники и съ наро́читыми му́жи гра́да, и повелѣ́вшу Фи́сту, приведе́нъ бы́сть Па́велъ.
|
So on the morrow, when Agrippa was come, and Bernice, with great pomp, and they were entered into the place of hearing, with the chief captains also, and they that were the principal men of the city, at the command of Festus Paul was brought in.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
И рече́ Фи́стъ: Агрі́ппо царю́ и вси́ су́щіи съ на́ми му́жіє, ви́дите сего́, о не́мже все́ мно́жество Іуде́й стужа́ху ми́ во Ієрусали́мѣ же и здѣ́, вопію́ще, я́ко не подоба́єтъ жи́ти єму́ ктому́:
|
And Festus saith, King Agrippa, and all men who are here present with us, ye behold this man, about whom all the multitude of the Jews made suit to me, both at Jerusalem and here, crying out that he ought not to live any longer.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
а́зъ же разумѣ́въ ничто́же досто́йно сме́рти сотво́рша єго́, и самому́ же сему́ наре́кшу Сева́ста, суди́хъ посла́ти єго́:
|
But when I found that he had committed nothing worthy of death, and as even he himself appealed to the emperor I determined to send him.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
о не́мже извѣ́стноє что́ писа́ти господи́ну не и́мамъ: тѣ́мже и приведо́хъ єго́ предъ ва́съ, наипа́че же предъ тя́, Агрі́ппо царю́, я́ко да разсужде́нію бы́вшу и́мамъ что́ писа́ти:
|
Of whom I have no certain thing to write unto my lord. Wherefore I have brought him forth before you, and especially before thee, king Agrippa, that, after examination had, I may have somewhat to write.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
безслове́сно бо мни́тся ми́, посыла́ющу ю́зника, а вины́, я́же на́нь, не сказа́ти.
|
For it seemeth to me unreasonable, in sending a prisoner, not withal to signify the charges against him.
|
|
Глава 26
|
Chapter 26
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Агрі́ппа же къ Па́влу рече́: повелѣва́єтся ти́ о себѣ́ самому́ глаго́лати. Тогда́ Па́велъ просте́ръ ру́ку отвѣщава́ше:
|
And Agrippa said unto Paul, Thou art permitted to speak for thyself. Then Paul stretched forth his hand, and made his defense:
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
о всѣ́хъ, о ни́хже оклевета́ємь є́смь от Іуде́й, царю́ Агрі́ппо, непщу́ю себе́ блаже́нна бы́ти, я́ко предъ тобо́ю отвѣща́ти дне́сь и́мамъ,
|
I think myself happy, king Agrippa, that I am to make my defense before thee this day touching all the things whereof I am accused by the Jews:
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
па́че же вѣ́дца тя́ су́ща свѣ́дый всѣ́хъ Іуде́йскихъ обы́чаєвъ и взыска́ній. Тѣ́мже молю́ся ти́ долготерпѣли́вно послу́шати мене́.
|
especially because thou art expert in all customs and questions which are among the Jews: wherefore I beseech thee to hear me patiently.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
Житіє́ у́бо моє́ є́же от ю́ности, испе́рва бы́вшеє во язы́цѣ моє́мъ во Ієрусали́мѣ, вѣ́дятъ вси́ Іуде́є,
|
My manner of life then from my youth up, which was from the beginning among mine own nation in Jerusalem, know all the Jews;
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
вѣ́дяще мя́ испе́рва, а́ще хотя́тъ свидѣ́телствовати, я́ко по извѣ́стнѣй є́реси на́шея вѣ́ры жи́хъ фарісе́й.
|
having knowledge of me from the first, if they be willing to testify, that after the straitest sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
И ны́нѣ о упова́ніи обѣтова́нія, бы́вшаго от Бо́га ко отце́мъ на́шымъ, стою́ суди́мь,
|
And now I stand here to be judged for the hope of the promise made of God unto the fathers;
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
въ не́же обана́десяте колѣ́на на́ша безпреста́ни де́нь и но́щь служа́ще надѣ́ются доити́: о не́мже упова́ніи оклевета́ємь є́смь, царю́ Агрі́ппо, от Іуде́й.
|
unto which promise our twelve tribes, earnestly serving God night and day, hope to attain. And concerning this hope I am accused, King Agrippa, by the Jews.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Что́? Невѣ́рно ли су́дится ва́ми, я́ко Бо́гъ ме́ртвыя возставля́єтъ?
|
Why is it judged incredible with you, if God doth raise the dead?
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
А́зъ у́бо мнѣ́хъ, я́ко подоба́єтъ ми́ мно́га сопроти́вна проти́ву и́мене Іису́са Назоре́а сотвори́ти:
|
I verily thought with myself that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
є́же и сотвори́хъ во Ієрусали́мѣ, и мно́ги от святы́хъ а́зъ въ темни́цахъ затворя́хъ, вла́сть от архієре́й пріє́мь: убива́ємымъ же и́мъ прилага́хъ совѣ́тъ:
|
And this I also did in Jerusalem: and I shut up many of the saints in prisons, having received authority from the chief priests, and when they were put to death I gave my vote against them.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
и на всѣ́хъ со́нмищихъ мно́жицею му́чя и́хъ, принужда́хъ ху́лити: преизли́ха же вражду́я на ни́хъ, гоня́хъ да́же и до внѣ́шнихъ градо́въ.
|
And punishing them oftentimes in all the synagogues, I strove to make them blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them, I persecuted them even unto foreign cities.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Въ ни́хже иды́й въ Дама́скъ со вла́стію и повелѣ́ніємъ, є́же от архієре́й,
|
Whereupon also, as I journeyed to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests,
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
въ полу́дни на пути́ ви́дѣхъ, царю́, съ небесе́ па́че сія́нія со́лнечнаго осія́вшій мя́ свѣ́тъ и со мно́ю иду́щихъ.
|
at midday, O king, I saw on the way a light from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round about me and them that journeyed with me.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Всѣ́мъ же па́дшымъ на́мъ на зе́млю, слы́шахъ гла́съ глаго́лющь ко мнѣ́ и вѣща́ющь євре́йскимъ язы́комъ: Са́вле, Са́вле, что́ Мя го́ниши? Же́стоко ти́ є́сть проти́ву рожна́ пра́ти.
|
And when we were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice speaking unto me, and saying in the Hebrew language, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? it is hard for thee to kick against the goad.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
А́зъ же рѣ́хъ: кто́ єси́, Го́споди? О́нъ же рече́: А́зъ є́смь Іису́съ, Єго́же ты́ го́ниши:
|
And I said, Who art thou, Lord? And he said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
но воста́ни и ста́ни на ногу́ твоє́ю: на се́ бо яви́хся ти́, сотвори́ти тя́ слугу́ и свидѣ́теля, я́же ви́дѣлъ єси́ и я́же явлю́ тебѣ́,
|
But arise, and stand upon thy feet: for to this end have I appeared unto thee, to appoint thee a minister and a witness both of the things which thou hast seen, and of the things wherein I will appear unto thee;
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
изъима́я тя́ от люді́й Іуде́йскихъ и от язы́къ, къ ни́мже А́зъ тя́ послю́,
|
delivering thee from the people, and the Gentiles, unto whom I send thee,
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
отве́рсти о́чи и́хъ, да обратя́тся от тмы́ въ свѣ́тъ и от о́бласти сатанины́ къ Бо́гу, є́же прія́ти и́мъ оставле́ніє грѣхо́въ и достоя́ніє во святы́хъ вѣ́рою, я́же въ Мя́.
|
to open their eyes, that they may turn away from darkness to light and from the power of Satan unto God, that they may receive remission of sins and an inheritance among them that are sanctified by faith in me.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
Тѣ́мже, царю́ Агрі́ппо, не бы́хъ проти́венъ небе́сному видѣ́нію,
|
Wherefore, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient unto the heavenly vision:
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
но су́щымъ въ Дама́сцѣ пре́жде и во Ієрусали́мѣ, и во вся́цѣй странѣ́ Іуде́йстѣй и язы́комъ проповѣ́дую пока́ятися и обрати́тися къ Бо́гу, досто́йна покая́нію дѣла́ творя́ще.
|
but have been declaring to them of Damascus first, and at Jerusalem, and to all the country of Judea, and also to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, doing works worthy of repentance.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Си́хъ ра́ди мя́ Іуде́є є́мше во святи́лищи хотя́ху растерза́ти.
|
For this cause the Jews seized me in the temple, and assayed to kill me.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
По́мощь у́бо улучи́въ я́же от Бо́га, да́же до дне́ сего́ стою́, свидѣ́телствуя ма́лу же и вели́ку, ничто́же вѣща́я, ра́звѣ я́же проро́цы реко́ша хотя́щая бы́ти и Моисе́й,
|
Having therefore obtained the help that is from God, I stand unto this day testifying both to small and great, saying nothing but what the prophets and Moses did say should come;
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
я́ко Христо́съ имѣ́яше пострада́ти, я́ко пе́рвый от воскресе́нія ме́ртвыхъ свѣ́тъ хотя́ше проповѣ́дати лю́демъ [Іуде́йскимъ] и язы́комъ.
|
how that the Christ must suffer, and how that he first by the resurrection of the dead should proclaim light to the people and to the Gentiles.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
Сія́ же єму́ отвѣщава́ющу, Фи́стъ ве́ліимъ гла́сомъ рече́: бѣсну́єшися ли, Па́вле? Мно́гія тя́ кни́ги въ неи́стовство прелага́ютъ.
|
And as he thus made his defense, Festus said with a loud voice, Paul, thou art mad; thy much learning is turning thee mad.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
О́нъ же: не бѣсну́юся, рече́, держа́вный Фи́сте, но и́стины и цѣлому́дрія глаго́лы вѣща́ю:
|
But he saith, I am not mad, most excellent Festus; but speak forth words of truth and soberness.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
вѣ́сть бо о си́хъ ца́рь, къ нему́же и съ дерзнове́ніємъ глаго́лю: утаи́тися бо єму́ от си́хъ не вѣ́рую ничесому́же, нѣ́сть бо во у́глѣ сотворе́но сіє́:
|
For the king knoweth of these things, unto whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things is hidden from him; for this hath not been done in a corner.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
вѣ́руєши ли, царю́ Агрі́ппо, проро́комъ? Вѣ́мъ, я́ко вѣ́руєши.
|
King Agrippa, believest thou the prophets? I know that thou believest.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
Агрі́ппа же къ Па́влу рече́: вма́лѣ мя́ препира́єши Христіа́нина бы́ти.
|
And Agrippa said unto Paul, In a little time thou persuadest me to become a Christian!
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Па́велъ же рече́: моли́лъ у́бо бы́хъ Бо́га, и вма́лѣ и во мно́зѣ, не то́кмо тебе́, но и всѣ́хъ слы́шащихъ мя́ дне́сь, бы́ти и́мъ та́цѣмъ, яко́въ и а́зъ є́смь, кромѣ́ у́зъ си́хъ.
|
And Paul said, I would to God, that whether in a little time or in much, not thou only, but also all that hear me this day, might become such as I am, except these bonds.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
И сія́ ре́кшу єму́, воста́ ца́рь и иге́монъ, и Вернікі́а и сѣдя́щіи съ ни́ми,
|
And when he had spoken these things, the king rose up, and the governor, and Bernice, and they that sat with them:
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
и отше́дше бесѣ́доваху дру́гъ ко дру́гу, глаго́люще, я́ко ничто́же сме́рти досто́йно или́ у́зъ твори́тъ человѣ́къ се́й.
|
and when they had withdrawn, they spake one to another, saying, This man doeth nothing worthy of death or of bonds.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
Агрі́ппа же Фи́сту рече́: отпуще́нъ бы́ти можа́ше человѣ́къ се́й, а́ще не бы́ ке́саря нарица́лъ. И та́ко суди́ иге́монъ посла́ти єго́ къ ке́сарю.
|
And Agrippa said unto Festus, This man might have been set at liberty, if he had not appealed unto Caesar.
|
|
Глава 27
|
Chapter 27
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
И я́коже су́ждено бы́сть отплы́ти на́мъ во Італі́ю, преда́ху Па́вла же и ины́я нѣ́кія ю́зники со́тнику, и́менемъ Іу́лію, спі́ры Севасті́йскія.
|
And when it was determined that we should sail for Italy, they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to a centurion named Julius, of the Augustan band.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Вше́дше же въ кора́бль Адрами́тскій, восхотѣ́вше плы́ти во Асі́йская мѣ́ста, отвезо́хомся, су́щу съ на́ми Аріста́рху Македо́нянину от Солу́ня.
|
And embarking in a ship of Adramyttium, we, being about to sail by the places on the coast of Asia, put to sea, Aristarchus, a Macedonian of Thessalonica, being with us.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Въ другі́й же приста́хомъ въ Сідо́нѣ: человѣколю́біє же Іу́лій Па́влови дѣ́я, повелѣ́ къ друго́мъ ше́дшу прилѣжа́ніє {посо́біє} улучи́ти.
|
And the next day we touched at Sidon: and Julius treated Paul kindly, and gave him leave to go unto his friends and refresh himself.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
И отту́ду отве́зшеся приплы́хомъ въ Ки́пръ, зане́ вѣ́три бя́ху проти́вни:
|
And putting to sea from thence, we sailed under the lee of Cyprus, because the winds were contrary.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
пучи́ну же, я́же проти́ву Кілікі́и и Памфилі́и, преплы́вше, пріидо́хомъ въ Ми́ры Ликі́йскія.
|
And when we had sailed across the sea which is off Cilicia and Pamphylia, we came to Myra, a city of Lycia.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
И та́мо обрѣ́тъ со́тникъ кора́бль Александрі́йскій плову́щь во Італі́ю, всади́ ны въ о́нь.
|
And there the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing for Italy; and he put us therein.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
Во мно́ги же дни́ ко́сно пла́вающе и єдва́ бы́вше проти́ву Кні́да, не оставля́ющу на́съ вѣ́тру, приплы́хомъ подъ Кри́тъ при Салмо́нѣ:
|
And when we had sailed slowly many days, and were come with difficulty over against Cnidus, the wind not further suffering us, we sailed under the lee of Crete, over against Salmone;
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
єдва́ же избира́юще кра́й, пріидо́хомъ на мѣ́сто нѣ́коє, нарица́ємоє До́броє Приста́нище, єму́же бли́зъ бѣ́ гра́дъ Ласе́й.
|
and with difficulty coasting along it we came unto a certain place called Fair Havens; nigh whereunto was the city of Lasea.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Мно́гу же вре́мени мину́вшу и су́щу уже́ небезбѣ́дну пла́ванію, зане́же и по́стъ уже́ бѣ́ преше́лъ, совѣ́товаше Па́велъ,
|
And when much time was spent, and the voyage was now dangerous, because the Fast was now already gone by, Paul admonished them,
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
глаго́ля и́мъ: му́жіє, ви́жду, я́ко съ досажде́ніємъ и мно́гою тщето́ю не то́кмо бре́мене и корабля́, но и ду́шъ на́шихъ хо́щетъ бы́ти пла́ваніє.
|
and said unto them, Sirs, I perceive that the voyage will be with injury and much loss, not only of the lading and the ship, but also of our lives.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
Со́тникъ же ко́рмчія и навкли́ра послу́шаше па́че, не́жели Па́вломъ глаго́лемыхъ.
|
But the centurion gave more heed to the master and to the owner of the ship, than to those things which were spoken by Paul.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
Не добру́ же приста́нищу су́щу ко озимѣ́нію, мно́зи совѣ́тъ дая́ху отвезти́ся отту́ду, а́ще ка́ко возмо́гутъ, дости́гше Фінікі́и, озимѣ́ти въ приста́нищи Кри́тстѣмъ, зря́щемъ къ лі́ву и къ хо́ру.
|
And because the haven was not commodious to winter in, the more part advised to put to sea from thence also, if by any means they could reach Phoenix, and winter there; which is a haven of Crete, looking northeast and southeast.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Дхну́вшу же ю́гу, мнѣ́вше во́лю свою́ улучи́ти, воздви́гше вѣ́трила, плы́ху вскра́й Кри́та.
|
And when the south wind blew softly, supposing that they had obtained their purpose, they weighed anchor and sailed along Crete, close in shore.
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
Не по мно́зѣ же возвѣ́я проти́венъ єму́ вѣ́тръ бу́ренъ, нарица́ємый єврокли́донъ.
|
But after no long time there beat down from it a tempestuous wind, which is called Euroclydon:
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
Восхище́ну же бы́вшу кораблю́ и не могу́щу сопроти́витися вѣ́тру, вда́вшеся волна́мъ носи́ми бѣ́хомъ.
|
and when the ship was caught, and could not face the wind, we gave way to it, and were driven.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
О́стровъ же нѣ́кій мимоте́кше, нарица́ющься Клавді́й, єдва́ возмого́хомъ удержа́ти ладію́:
|
And running under the lee of a small island called Clauda, we were able, with difficulty, to secure the boat:
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
ю́же востя́гше, вся́кимъ о́бразомъ помога́ху, подтвержда́юще кора́бль: боя́щеся же, да не въ Си́рть {въ ме́лкая мѣ́ста} впаду́тъ, низпусти́вше па́русъ, си́це носи́ми бѣ́ху.
|
and when they had hoisted it up, they used helps, undergirding the ship; and, fearing lest they should be cast upon the Syrtes, they lowered the gear, and so were driven.
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
Вельми́ же обурева́ємымъ на́мъ, на у́тріє измета́ніє творя́ху,
|
And as we labored exceedingly with the storm, the next day they began to throw the freight overboard;
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
и въ тре́тій де́нь свои́ми рука́ми я́дрило кора́бленоє изверго́хомъ.
|
and the third day we cast out with our own hands the tackling of the ship.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
Ни со́лнцу же, ни звѣзда́мъ я́вльшымся на мно́ги дни́, и зимѣ́ не ма́лѣ належа́щей, про́чеє отима́шеся наде́жда вся́, є́же спасти́ся на́мъ.
|
And when neither sun nor stars shone upon us for many days, and no small tempest lay on us, all hope that we should be saved was now taken away.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Мно́гу же неяде́нію су́щу, тогда́ ста́въ Па́велъ посредѣ́ и́хъ, рече́: подоба́ше у́бо, о, му́жіє, послу́шавше мене́, не отвезти́ся от Кри́та и избы́ти досажде́нія сего́ и тщеты́:
|
Now when they had been long without food, then Paul stood forth in the midst of them, and said, Sirs, ye should have hearkened unto me, and not have set sail from Crete, and have gotten this injury and loss.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
и се́, ны́нѣ молю́ вы́ благоду́шствовати, поги́бель бо ни єди́нѣй души́ от ва́съ бу́детъ, ра́звѣ корабля́:
|
And now I exhort you to be of good cheer; for there shall be no loss of life among you, but only of the ship.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
предста́ бо ми́ въ сію́ но́щь А́нгелъ Бо́га, Єго́же а́зъ є́смь, Єму́же и служу́,
|
For there stood by me this night an angel of the God whose I am, whom also I serve,
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
глаго́ля: не бо́йся, Па́вле, ке́сарю ти́ подоба́єтъ предста́ти, и се́, дарова́ тебѣ́ Бо́гъ вся́ пла́вающыя съ тобо́ю.
|
saying, Fear not, Paul; thou must stand before Caesar: and lo, God hath granted thee all them that sail with thee.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Тѣ́мже дерза́йте, му́жіє, вѣ́рую бо Бо́гови, я́ко та́ко бу́детъ, и́мже о́бразомъ рѣче́но ми́ бы́сть:
|
Wherefore, sirs, be of good cheer: for I believe God, that it shall be even so as it hath been spoken unto me.
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
во о́стровъ же нѣ́кій подоба́єтъ на́мъ приста́ти.
|
But we must be cast upon a certain island.
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
И єгда́ четвертаяна́десять но́щь бы́сть, носи́мымъ на́мъ во Адріа́тстѣй [пучи́нѣ], въ полу́нощи непщева́ху кора́бленицы, я́ко приближа́ются къ нѣ́коєй странѣ́,
|
But when the fourteenth night was come, as we were driven to and fro in the sea of Adria, about midnight the sailors surmised that they were drawing near to some country:
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
и измѣ́ривше глубину́ обрѣто́ша саже́ней два́десять: ма́ло же преше́дше и па́ки измѣ́ривше, обрѣто́ша саже́ней пятьна́десять.
|
and they sounded, and found twenty fathoms; and after a little space, they sounded again, and found fifteen fathoms.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
Боя́щеся же, да не ка́ко въ пру́дная мѣ́ста впаду́тъ, от но́са корабля́ ве́ргше ко́твы четы́ри, моля́хомся, да де́нь бу́детъ.
|
And fearing lest haply we should be cast ashore on rocky ground, they let go four anchors from the stern, and wished for the day.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
Кора́бленикомъ же и́щущымъ бѣжа́ти изъ корабля́ и низвѣ́сившымъ ладію́ въ мо́ре, извѣ́томъ а́ки от но́са хотя́щымъ ко́твы просте́рти,
|
And as the sailors were seeking to flee out of the ship, and had lowered the boat into the sea, under color as though they would lay out anchors from the foreship,
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
рече́ Па́велъ со́тнику и во́иномъ: а́ще не сі́и пребу́дутъ въ корабли́, вы́ спасти́ся не мо́жете.
|
Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, ye cannot be saved.
|
|
32
|
32
|
|
Тогда́ во́ини отрѣ́заша у́жя ладіи́ и оста́виша ю́ отпа́сти.
|
Then the soldiers cut away the ropes of the boat, and let her fall off.
|
|
33
|
33
|
|
Єгда́ же хотя́ше де́нь бы́ти, моля́ше Па́велъ всѣ́хъ, да пріи́мутъ пи́щу, глаго́ля: четыренадеся́тый дне́сь де́нь жду́ще, не я́дше пребыва́єте, ничто́же вкуси́вше:
|
And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take some food, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye wait and continue fasting, having taken nothing.
|
|
34
|
34
|
|
тѣ́мже молю́ ва́съ прія́ти пи́щу, се́ бо къ ва́шему спасе́нію є́сть: ни єди́ному бо от ва́съ вла́съ главы́ отпаде́тъ.
|
Wherefore I beseech you to take some food: for this is for your safety: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you.
|
|
35
|
35
|
|
Ре́къ же сія́ и пріє́мь хлѣ́бъ, благодари́ Бо́га предъ всѣ́ми и прело́мль нача́тъ я́сти.
|
And when he had said this, and had taken bread, he gave thanks to God in the presence of all; and he brake it, and began to eat.
|
|
36
|
36
|
|
Благонаде́жни же бы́вше вси́, и ті́и прія́ша пи́щу:
|
Then were they all of good cheer, and themselves also took food.
|
|
37
|
37
|
|
бѣ́ же въ корабли́ всѣ́хъ ду́шъ двѣ́стѣ се́дмьдесятъ и ше́сть.
|
And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls.
|
|
38
|
38
|
|
Насы́щшеся же бра́шна, облегчи́ша кора́бль, измета́юще пшени́цу въ мо́ре.
|
And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, throwing out the wheat into the sea.
|
|
39
|
39
|
|
Єгда́ же де́нь бы́сть, земли́ не познава́ху: нѣ́дро же нѣ́коє усмотрѣ́ша иму́щеє песо́къ {бре́гъ}, въ не́же, а́ще мо́щно є́сть, совѣща́ша извлещи́ кора́бль.
|
And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they perceived a certain bay with a beach, into which they were minded, if possible, to run the ship ashore.
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
И ко́твы собра́вше, везя́хуся по мо́рю: ку́пно осла́бивше у́жя корми́ломъ и воздви́гше ма́лоє вѣ́трило къ ды́шущему вѣ́трецу, везо́хомся на кра́й {бре́гъ}.
|
And casting off the anchors, they left them in the sea, at the same time loosing the bands of the rudders; and hoisting up the foresail to the wind, they made for the beach.
|
|
41
|
41
|
|
Впа́дше же въ мѣ́сто исо́пноє, увязи́ша кора́бль: и но́съ у́бо увя́зшій пребы́сть недви́жимь, корми́ло же разбива́шеся от ну́жды во́лнъ.
|
But lighting upon a place where two seas met, they ran the vessel aground; and the foreship struck and remained unmoveable, but the stern began to break up by the violence of the waves.
|
|
42
|
42
|
|
Во́иномъ же совѣ́тъ бы́сть, да у́зники убію́тъ, да не кто́ поплы́въ избѣ́гнетъ.
|
And the soldiers’ counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape.
|
|
43
|
43
|
|
Со́тникъ же, хотя́ соблюсти́ Па́вла, возбрани́ совѣ́ту и́хъ, повелѣ́ же могу́щымъ пла́вати, да изскочи́вше пе́рвѣє изы́дутъ на кра́й,
|
But the centurion, desiring to save Paul, stayed them from their purpose; and commanded that they who could swim should cast themselves overboard, and get first to the land;
|
|
44
|
44
|
|
а про́чіи, о́ви у́бо на дщи́цахъ, о́ви же на нѣ́чемъ от корабля́. И та́ко бы́сть всѣ́мъ спасти́ся на зе́млю.
|
and the rest, some on planks, and some on other things from the ship. And so it came to pass, that they all escaped safe to the land.
|
|
Глава 28
|
Chapter 28
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
Спасе́ни же бы́вше и́же съ Па́вломъ от корабля́ {от пла́ванія}, тогда́ разумѣ́ша, я́ко о́стровъ Мелі́тъ нарица́єтся.
|
And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Malta.
|
|
2
|
2
|
|
Ва́рвари же творя́ху не ма́лоє милосе́рдіє на́мъ: возгнѣ́щше бо о́гнь, прія́ша всѣ́хъ на́съ, за настоя́щій до́ждь и зи́му.
|
And the barbarians showed us no common kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us all, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Сгрома́ждшу же Па́влу ро́ждія мно́жество и возложи́вшу на о́гнь, єхі́дна от теплоты́ изше́дши, сѣкну́ въ ру́ку єго́.
|
But when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks and laid them on the fire, a viper came out by reason of the heat, and fastened on his hand.
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
И єгда́ ви́дѣша ва́рвари ви́сящу змію́ от руки́ єго́, глаго́лаху дру́гъ ко дру́гу: вся́ко убі́йца є́сть человѣ́къ се́й, єго́же спасе́на от мо́ря су́дъ Бо́жій жи́ти не оста́ви.
|
And when the barbarians saw the venomous creature hanging from his hand, they said one to another, No doubt this man is a murderer, whom, though he hath escaped from the sea, yet Justice hath not suffered to live.
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
То́й же у́бо, оттря́съ змію́ во о́гнь, ничто́же зло́ пострада́.
|
Howbeit he shook off the creature into the fire, and took no harm.
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
Они́ же ча́яху єго́ иму́ща возгорѣ́тися, или́ па́сти внеза́пу ме́ртва: на мно́зѣ же того́ ча́ющымъ и ничто́же зло́ въ не́мъ бы́вшеє ви́дящымъ, претво́ршеся, глаго́лаху Бо́га того́ бы́ти.
|
But they expected that he would have swollen, or fallen down dead suddenly: but when they were long in expectation and beheld nothing amiss come to him, they changed their minds, and said that he was a god.
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
О́крестъ же мѣ́ста о́наго бя́ху се́ла пе́рваго во о́стровѣ, и́менемъ Поплі́а, и́же пріи́мь на́съ, три́ дни́ любе́знѣ учреди́.
|
Now in the neighborhood of that place were lands belonging to the chief man of the island, named Publius; who received us, and entertained us three days courteously.
|
|
8
|
8
|
|
Бы́сть же отцу́ Поплі́єву огне́мъ и водны́мъ {кро́внымъ} трудо́мъ одержи́му лежа́ти: къ нему́же Па́велъ вше́дъ, и помоли́вся, и возло́жь ру́цѣ свои́ на́нь, исцѣли́ єго́.
|
And it was so, that the father of Publius lay sick of fever and dysentery: unto whom Paul entered in, and prayed, and laying his hands on him healed him.
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
Сему́ же бы́вшу, и про́чіи иму́щіи неду́ги во о́стровѣ то́мъ прихожда́ху и исцѣлѣва́хуся:
|
When this therefore was done, the rest also that had diseases in the island came, and were cured:
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
и́же и мно́гими честьми́ почто́ша на́съ, и отвозя́щымся на́мъ я́же на потре́бу вложи́ша.
|
who also honored us with many honors; and when we sailed, they put on board such things as we needed.
|
|
11
|
11
|
|
По тріє́хъ же ме́сяцѣхъ отвезо́хомся въ корабли́ Александрі́йстѣмъ, подпи́саномъ Діоску́ры, презимѣ́вшемъ во о́стровѣ,
|
And after three months we set sail in a ship of Alexandria which had wintered in the island, whose sign was The Twin Brothers.
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
и доплы́вше въ Сираку́сы, пребы́хомъ дни́ три́:
|
And touching at Syracuse, we tarried there three days.
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
отту́ду же отплы́вше, пріидо́хомъ въ Ригі́ю, и по єди́нѣмъ дни́ возвѣ́явшу ю́гу, во вторы́й де́нь пріидо́хомъ въ Потіо́лы,
|
And from thence we made a circuit, and arrived at Rhegium: and after one day a south wind sprang up, and on the second day we came to Puteoli;
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
идѣ́же обрѣ́тше бра́тію, умоле́ни бы́хомъ от ни́хъ пребы́ти дні́й се́дмь: и та́ко въ Ри́мъ идо́хомъ.
|
where we found brethren, and were entreated to tarry with them seven days: and so we came to Rome.
|
|
15
|
15
|
|
И от та́мо бра́тія, слы́шавше я́же о на́съ, изыдо́ша во срѣ́теніє на́ше да́же до Аппі́єва торга́ и Тріє́хъ корче́мницъ: и́хже ви́дѣвъ Па́велъ и благодари́въ Бо́га, прія́тъ дерзнове́ніє.
|
And from thence the brethren, when they heard of us, came forth to meet us as far as The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns; whom when Paul saw, he thanked God, and took courage.
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
Єгда́ же пріидо́хомъ въ Ри́мъ, со́тникъ предаде́ у́зники воєво́дѣ, Па́влу же повелѣ́ пребыва́ти о себѣ́, съ соблюда́ющимъ єго́ во́иномъ.
|
And when we came to Rome, the centurion delivered the prisoners to the chief of the camp: but Paul was suffered to abide by himself with the soldier that guarded him.
|
|
17
|
17
|
|
Бы́сть же по дне́хъ тріє́хъ, созва́ Па́велъ су́щыя от Іуде́євъ пе́рвыя: сше́дшымся же и́мъ, глаго́лаше къ ни́мъ: му́жіє бра́тіє, а́зъ ничто́же проти́вно сотвори́въ лю́демъ или́ обы́чаємъ оте́ческимъ, у́зникъ от Ієрусали́млянъ пре́данъ бы́хъ въ ру́цѣ Ри́мляномъ,
|
And it came to pass, that after three days Paul called together those that were the chief of the Jews: and when they were come together, he said unto them, Brethren, though I had done nothing against the people, or the customs of our fathers, yet was delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans:
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
и́же разсуди́вше я́же о мнѣ́, хотя́ху пусти́ти, зане́ ни єди́на вина́ сме́ртная бы́сть во мнѣ́:
|
who, when they had examined me, desired to set me at liberty, because there was no cause of death in me.
|
|
19
|
19
|
|
сопроти́въ же глаго́лющымъ Іуде́ємъ, ну́жда ми́ бы́сть нарещи́ ке́саря, не я́ко язы́къ мо́й имѣ́я въ чесо́мъ оклевета́ти:
|
But when the Jews spake against it, I was constrained to appeal unto Caesar; not that I had aught whereof to accuse my nation.
|
|
20
|
20
|
|
сея́ ра́ди у́бо вины́ умоли́хъ ва́съ, да ви́жду и бесѣ́дую: наде́жды бо ра́ди Ізра́илевы вери́гами си́ми обложе́нъ є́смь.
|
For this cause therefore did I entreat you to see and to speak with me: for because of the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain.
|
|
21
|
21
|
|
Они́ же къ нему́ рѣ́ша: мы́ ниже́ писа́нія о тебѣ́ прія́хомъ от Іуде́й, ниже́ прише́дъ кто́ от бра́тій возвѣсти́ или́ глаго́ла что́ о тебѣ́ зло́:
|
And they said unto him, We neither received letters from Judea concerning thee, nor did any of the brethren come hither and report or speak any harm of thee.
|
|
22
|
22
|
|
мо́лимся же, да слы́шимъ от тебе́, я́же му́дрствуєши: о є́реси бо се́й {о уче́ніи бо се́мъ} вѣ́домо є́сть на́мъ, я́ко всю́ду сопроти́въ глаго́лемо є́сть.
|
But we desire to hear of thee what thou thinkest: for as concerning this sect, it is known to us that everywhere it is spoken against.
|
|
23
|
23
|
|
Уста́вивше же єму́ де́нь, пріидо́ша къ нему́ въ страннопріє́мницу мно́жайшіи, и́мже сказа́ше свидѣ́телствуя Ца́рствіє Бо́жіє и увѣря́я и́хъ, я́же о Іису́сѣ, от Зако́на Моисе́ова и Проро́къ, от у́тра да́же до ве́чера.
|
And when they had appointed him a day, they came to him into his lodging in great number; to whom he expounded the matter, testifying the kingdom of God, and persuading them of the things concerning Jesus, both from the law of Moses and from the prophets, from morning till evening.
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
И о́ви у́бо вѣ́роваху глаго́лемымъ, о́ви же не вѣ́роваху.
|
And some believed the things which were spoken, and some disbelieved.
|
|
25
|
25
|
|
Несогла́сни же су́ще дру́гъ ко дру́гу, отхожда́ху, ре́кшу Па́влу глаго́лъ єди́нъ, я́ко до́брѣ Ду́хъ Святы́й глаго́ла Иса́іємъ проро́комъ ко отце́мъ на́шымъ,
|
And when they agreed not among themselves, they departed after that Paul had spoken one word, Well spake the Holy Spirit through Isaiah the prophet unto our fathers,
|
|
26
|
26
|
|
глаго́ля: иди́ къ лю́демъ си́мъ и рцы́: слу́хомъ услы́шите и не и́мате разумѣ́ти: и ви́дяще у́зрите и не и́мате ви́дѣти:
|
saying, Go thou unto this people, and say, By hearing ye shall hear, and shall in no wise understand; And seeing ye shall see, and shall in no wise perceive:
|
|
27
|
27
|
|
одебелѣ́ бо се́рдце люді́й си́хъ, и уши́ма тя́жко слы́шаша, и о́чи свои́ смежи́ша, да не ка́ко уви́дятъ очи́ма, и уши́ма услы́шатъ, и се́рдцемъ уразумѣ́ютъ, и обратя́тся, и исцѣлю́ и́хъ.
|
For this people’s heart is waxed gross, And their ears are dull of hearing, And their eyes they have closed; Lest haply they should perceive with their eyes, And hear with their ears, And understand with their heart, And should turn again, And I would heal them.
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
Вѣ́домо у́бо да бу́детъ ва́мъ, я́ко язы́комъ посла́ся спасе́ніє Бо́жіє, сі́и и услы́шатъ.
|
Be it known therefore unto you, that the salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles: they will also hear.
|
|
29
|
29
|
|
И сія́ тому́ ре́кшу, отидо́ша Іуде́є, мно́гоє иму́ще между́ собо́ю состяза́ніє.
|
And when he had said these words, the Jews departed, having much disputing among themselves.
|
|
30
|
30
|
|
Пребы́сть же Па́велъ два́ лѣ́та испо́лнь своє́ю мздо́ю {цѣ́ла два́ лѣ́та на своє́мъ иждиве́ніи} и пріима́ше вся́ приходя́щыя къ нему́,
|
And Paul abode two whole years in his own hired dwelling, and received all that went in unto him,
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
проповѣ́дуя Ца́рствіє Бо́жіє и учя́ я́же о Го́сподѣ на́шемъ Іису́сѣ Христѣ́ со вся́кимъ дерзнове́ніємъ невозбра́нно.
Коне́цъ кни́зѣ Дѣя́ній апо́столъ: и́мать въ себѣ́ гла́въ 28, зача́лъ же церко́вныхъ 51.
|
preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ with all boldness, none forbidding him.
|